Tunstall Flamenco Nurse call system Technical Manual

The Flamenco Nurse Call system is a complete nurse call system that meets all the requirements of modern healthcare facilities. It is designed to be user-friendly and reliable, providing a safe and comfortable environment for patients and staff. The system can be integrated with other systems in the hospital, such as the hospital information system and the telephone system.
PDF
Document
Nursecall: by Tunstall
Technical
Manual
All the reassurance you need
The manual was prepared with due care, and all details were checked for their
correctness. However, we cannot assume any responsibility form possible
discrepancies or incomplete information.
All rights to this documentation are reserved, in particular copyright and distribution
rights. No part of this documentation may be reproduced in any form or processed,
copied or distributed using electronic systems without the prior written consent by
Tunstall GmbH.
We reserve the right for implementing technical changes.
E Tunstall GmbH
Table of Contents
1. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
About this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organisational measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbols used in this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Use as designed and directed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
3
4
4
5
5
2. Necessary previous knowledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7
System overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System arrangement and layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voice communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wards and groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration / SystemOrganizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7
8
9
10
11
11
12
3. Room types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
Patient / resident room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ward bathroom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nurse station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corridor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
19
20
21
25
4. Installation examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
5. Installation work sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
6. Defining the mounting positions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
7. Installing the back boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39
8. Laying the cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
Cable legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electric power supply cables (Ip) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group bus OSYnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Room bus RAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
42
43
44
46
49
9. Activating the power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51
Installing the power supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check the current supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51
51
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
1
2
10. Configuring the OSY−ControlCenter . . . . . . . . .
55
11. Functional checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57
Checking
Checking
Checking
Checking
the room installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the ward functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the consoles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
functions between wards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
58
62
63
64
12. Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
65
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
1. Safety
You are strongly advised to carefully study this chapter before starting to
work at the nurse call system.
1..1
About this chapter
The Flamenco products have been designed and produced according to
the latest state−of−the−art. Nevertheless, potentially dangerous situations
may occur during installation, modification or de−installation of the system
or of its components if the executing persons on−site act in a non−professional manner, or if pertinent safety instructions are ignored. Non−
compliance with general and special safety instructions may jeopardise
the life and well−being of installation personnel or third persons, and such
misbehaviour may lead to damage to system components and other
equipment.
Information in this chapter is of general nature. Special and more detailed
safety instructions are presented in the various chapters when safety−
hazardous work details or processes are described.
1..2
Organisational measures
Electrical systems shall be installed, modified, serviced and maintained
by authorised specialists of the trade only. Among others, these are personnel from the local electric power companies and electricians who are
listed on their roster. The registered electrician shall contact the power
company to formally request the commissioning of any new electric installation. As such, electric installation personnel shall be responsible for
the safety and correct function of the relevant electric systems.
Commercial users of electric installations shall arrange for regular servicing and maintenance of the respective electric equipment. Users and operators shall observe the legal aspects as final responsibility rests with
themselves. Any work at the electric system and installation must be executed by trained and authorised specialists of the trade.
The technical manual addresses the specialists of the electric trade.
Before starting any installation work, carefully study this manual − with
particular attention to the chapter on Safety&quot;. Later on, i.e. while working
at the system, it will be too late!
Keep this manual and any further documents which you may need readily
available during the installation work and whenever effecting any service
or maintenance work at the system.
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
3
1. Safety
Comply with all generally applicable laws as well as special rules and directives for accident prevention and environmental protection.
All parts and any equipment used for the installation shall comply with the
technical demands and criteria set forth by Tunstall GmbH. This is always
ensured when using original parts.
1..3
Symbols used in this manual
When studying this manual, you will come across a number of symbols
which direct your attention to specific issues:
WARNING ! This symbol refers to actions which may incur personal injuries (Danger to life or well−being).
WARNING ! This symbols refers to actions which could endanger persons through high voltage or electric current.
Components sensitive to electrostatics! This symbol indicates components which are sensitive to electrostatics. Avoid any contact with
these components as this may induce damage to such component.
CAUTION! This symbol refers to actions which may incur damage to
the system or components due to high voltage or electric current.
NOTE! Here you will find supplementary and otherwise useful information.
In the text passages you will come across symbols which always have
the same meaning:
n A square before the text means:
This is part of a listing&quot;
l An filled−in circle in front of a text means:
This must be done.&quot;
&cent; An open circle in front of a text means:
This is the result of an action.&quot;
1..4
Use as designed and directed
All Flamenco products are designed for use in the nurse call system, and
here again, only in the manner as described in this technical manual. Any
other application of use shall be considered as not authorised, and
Tunstall GmbH will not accept any liability for damage resulting from any
non−compliance with this rule.
4
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
1. Safety
1..5
General safety rules
n Closely observe all safety instructions from this manual, pertinent
national rules and directives for accident prevention as well as the
owner’s / user’s internal rules and procedures for safety at work and
while handling or operating the system.
n Avoid any safety−hazardous work methods.
n Before starting to work, personnel shall make themselves familiar
with the working environment which includes a survey of obstacles in
the working and operating area.
n Use only original fuses with the correct rating for the specific application.
n Work should be executed in an electrically safe status, i.e. no residual
voltage.
n If work details must be executed at installed components they must
be free from residual voltage. Before working at such parts, use applicable instruments to check the electric status.
n If work must be executed at electrically live components, a second
person should act as a safety attendant who in case of an emergency
can turn the main switch off.
n In case of any fault or malfunction, shut off the electrical power. Do
not continue to work until the fault has been corrected.
n Protect all system components from direct wetness.
n The various components of the Flamenco system are fitted with elements sensitive to electrostatics. Any discharge of electrostatic energy may damage such parts. Therefore, avoid any direct contact with
these electrostatically sensitive components.
n For further information regarding the installation and functional check
refer to DIN VDE 0834.
1..6
Technical standards
Close observe the following standards which are applicable to nurse call
systems:
n DIN VDE 0834: Nurse call technology; Installation and operation in
hospitals, care homes and prisons
n ISO 11197:2004: Special requirements for the safety of medical supply units
n EN 60601−1: Electric medical equipment, Part 1: General safety rules
n EN 60601−1−1: Medical electric equipment, Part 1: General rules for
the safety of electric medical systems
n EN 50081−1: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Basic standard for
interference radiation
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
5
1. Safety
n EN 50082−1: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Basic standard for
resistance to interference
n DIN VDE 0100: Rules for the installation of high−voltage systems with
nominal voltage up to 1000 V
n DIN VDE 0107: High−voltage installations in hospitals and other medical rooms outside of hospitals
n EN60950: Safety of installations for information technology
Also observe additional national rules for installations.
6
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
2. Necessary previous knowledge
2..1
System overview
Ward 4
Ward 5
Ward 2
Ward 3
PS/DECT
Telephony
(DECT,VoIP,GSM)
HIS
...
OSY-ControlCenter
Ward 1
Fig. 1:
Control centre
System overview
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
7
2. Necessary previous knowledge
2..2
System arrangement and layout
The nurse call system uses a bus system which comprises a group bus
OSYnet and a room bus RAN. The group bus OSYnet links the individual
rooms and potential interfaces in the ward. The room bus RAN links the
equipment and devices in the rooms themselves.
System control is realised in the OSY−ControlCenter which monitors the
data flow as well as all voice communication.
If the OSY−ControlCenter should fail or break down, decentralised
OSYnet−SafetyControllers can takeover the control of the nurse call system. These controllers are fitted to ward’s OSYnet group bus.
Decentralised power supply units provide the electric power for the system. Number of units and their location depend on the specific demand
for electric power. Power for the OSY−ControlCenter is also provided via
an external power supply unit.
Group 4
Group 3
OSYnet
RAN
Room 1
Group 2
RAN
Room 2
OSYnet
Group 1
PS
DECT
HIS
...
RAN
OSY−ControlCenter
Fig. 2:
8
Room 1
RAN
Room 2
System arrangement
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
2. Necessary previous knowledge
2..3
Voice communication
Voice communication and data transmission are physically and logically
separated. Two speech paths are standard for each group. When designed in segments, each group will feature more than two speech paths,
however, this arrangement requires special planning and installation.
The system’s speech cable links the system−inherent voice terminals:
ComTerminal, patient handset, ComStation PC, ComStation CT, ManagementCenter PC, ManagementCenterPC Push buttons as well as the announcement loudspeakers as separate units or integrated into the corridor displays.
2..3.1
Non−system speech paths
Aside from the voice communication within the call system itself, voice
communication may also be realised using other devices:
ComStation TEL, patient telephone, cordless phone (DECT or GSM mobile) etc. Interfaces to the PBX are provided in the OSY−ControlCenter.
These devices can be used as virtually fully equivalent with the system’s
voice communication devices. Their use may be exclusively or mixed
with the other units. However, planning and realisation of such solutions
require detailed know−how of the technology involved, the operational implementation and subsequent functions and organisational procedures.
For the installation refer to and observe the specific manufacturer’s documents.
DECT
Cordless phone
PBX
Patient handset
OSY−ControlCenter
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
9
2. Necessary previous knowledge
2..4
Wards and groups
Ward 5
Ward 6
Group 3
Ward 3
Ward 4
Group 2
Ward 1
Ward 2
Group 1
Organisation of the hospital
Flamenco technology
Wards are the organisational entities in hospitals. Therefore, a ward is an
entity also for the nurse call operation in Flamenco nurse call systems.
However, the physical structure of Flamenco call systems is almost independent of this organisation.
In the development of the Flamenco technology, the organisational structure of the wards was decoupled from the technical structure. Rather than
the ward, the ’physical’ group is an entity− technically speaking, that is.
Each group is linked to a group bus OSYnet and is controlled from a control unit (acting as a building block of the central OSY−ControlCenter).
One group may comprise several wards. And what is more, wards may
be ’distributed’ onto several groups.
This group−oriented arrangement allows for a substantial reduction of the
necessary control units. The number of these control units and groups,
respectively, is not determined by the number of wards but rather by the
building structure and by the desired fail−safe rating. A project engineer
from Tunstall GmbH will calculate the optimum control arrangement for
every hospital.
This independence from the physical structure is a considerable advantage as there is no need to always keep in mind the eventual organisational structure when planning for wiring and equipment for the installation. The system can be amended at any later date to meet new
organisational structure, and this can be realised without dealing with the
physical structure.
Ward = Organisational entity
Group = Physical entity
10
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
2. Necessary previous knowledge
2..5
Wiring
Data cables, e.g. CAT.5 or commercially available communication cables
IY(ST)Y... can be used for group bus OSYnet.
Power supply for all components is realised with a separate net (ring system), also with commercially available cables, e.g. NYM 2x2.5 mm2. On
average, one power supply unit is required for every 25 rooms.
The room bus RAN is also realised with commercially available communication cables IY(ST)Y...
Maximum cable length for the group bus OSYnet is 1000 m. In exceptional circumstances, it may be extended for another 1000 m. In this case,
an OSYnet−Gateway (order no. 77 4001 00) is required.
2..6
System limits
A physical group may comprise up to 110 bus users, as there are:
n ComTerminal *)
n ComStation CT, desktop unit *)
n Corridor display Alpha 16
n Corridor display Alpha 16, double−sided
n ComStation PC
n OSYlink−Door entry speaker
n OSYlink−Group lamp
n OSYlink−Universal
n OSYlink−Announcement
n OSYnet−SafetyController
*) Quantity of ComTerminals + quantity of ComStation CT, desktop units
= maximum 63 per physical group
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
11
2. Necessary previous knowledge
2..7
Configuration / SystemOrganizer
A special software, the SystemOrganizer (order no. 77 0750 00) is used
to centrally configure the complete nurse call system, including all terminal devices.
The SystemOrganizer is applied for the whole system administration,
from inital order processing via general definition and planning for the
nurse call system to later customer service work on location or via
partner. The comprehensive software also permits remote access to the
system with the possibility for configuration, servicing and fault analysis.
Users are allocated to several user groups, and specific access rights
can be defined for each group.
Fig. 3:
12
SystemOrganizer (order no. 77 0750 00)
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
3. Room types
The following pages present various types of rooms showing examples
of the system and equipment installed.
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
13
3. Room types
3..1
Patient / resident room
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
77 0170 00
In
In
70 0111 01
In
70 0113 00
In
70 0115 01
Entertainment
Is
74 0510 00
+ 77 0805 00
+ 70 0491 00
70 0424 00
74 0747 00
Is
70 0434 00
74 0747 00
14
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
3. Room types
For each room
ComTerminal
74 0510 00
OSYlink-ComTerminal
77 0805 00
Connection socket ComTerminal
70 0491 00
Room lamp for display of all types of calls and presence
states: e.g. Room lamp, 3 sections
77 0170 00
optional with additional individual indication for WC call /
WC emergency call: e.g. Room lamp, 4 sections
77 0170 10
For each bed
Connection socket combi or
Connection socket combi, bedhead unit
70 0424 00
70 0434 00
Patient handset
74 0747 00
In WC room
Where additional indication for WC call / WC emergency
call is desired, e.g. as directional indicator in front of the
WC:
Room lamp code blue/cardiac alarm, WC
77 0170 01
Cancel switch for WC call / WC emergency call
e.g. Cancel switch/WC wp
70 0113 00
There is a selection of call devices for use at or near
wash basin, WC, shower , bath tub:
Call switch/WC wp
Pull cord call switch/WC wp
Pneumatic call switch/WC
70 0111 01
70 0115 01
70 0106 01
In the seating area (optional)
Call switch, e.g. Call switch wp
70 0111 00
Necessary accessories: Refer to table on page 39.
Cable legend: Refer to page 41.
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
15
3. Room types
3..1.1
Patient room: Light switching
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
Room light
70 0424 00
RAN
In
Reading light
Useable relays
Pulse duration 150 ms
24 V DC
Latching relay (electronic):
ELTAKO, ES60−TX60−24VDC
ELTAKO, ES75−100−12..24 VDC
SCHIELE entrelec TX60−24V
BIAIG electronics TX60−24V
Latching relay (mechanical):
ELTAKO, 1S9−24 VDC
ELTAKO, S91−100−24 VDC
Switching relay (mechanical):
ELTAKO, R12−100−24 VDC (for top−hat rail)
ELTAKO, R91−100−24 VDC (surface mounting / back box)
FINDER, 49.61−7024.4050
Connection socket combi (70 0424 00): Room light and reading light
Connection socket combi bedhead unit (70 0734 00): Room light and reading light
Connection socket with call switch (70 0171 03): Room light or reading
light
16
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
3. Room types
3..1.2
Patient room: TV connection
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
Ie
Entertainment
Entertainment
74 0747 00
Ie
Tone
70 0424 00
70 0360 02
RAN
Ie
74 7001 00 (LCD TV)
+ 74 7001 01 (Wall holder)
In
Ia
70 0860 00
Data
00 0280 40
Connection socket combi (70 0424 00) and connection socket combi
bedhead unit (70 0434 00) permit TV control in combination with patient
handset (74 0747 00) and RAN interface TV (70 0860 00).
Interface and functions depend on the control system used.
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
17
3. Room types
3..1.3
Patient room: Shower and WC, separate
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
0
0
= Channel number 0
In
77 0170 00
In
In
0
7
7
70 0112 00
70 0113 00
In
70 0115 01
7
77 0170 01
In
6
70 0113 00
6
6
70 0111 01
70 0115 01
In
In
6
Is
77 0170 01
74 0510 00
+ 77 0805 00
+ 70 0491 00
70 0424 00
74 0747 00
Is
70 0434 00
74 0747 00
Separate call cancelling per cubicle. Common room lamp (77 0170 00)
in the corridor and separate room lamps (77 0170 01) in the room (channel coding) with extra indication for each cubicle. Max. 7 channels per
ComTerminal.
Channel numbers 1 − 5 can be used for bed numbers 1 − 5.
18
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
3. Room types
3..2
Function room
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
In
77 0170 00
74 0510 00
+ 77 0805 00
+ 70 0491 00
For each room
ComTerminal
74 0510 00
OSYlink-ComTerminal
77 0805 00
Connection socket ComTerminal
70 0491 00
Room lamp for display of all types of calls and presence
states: e.g. Room lamp, 3 sections
77 0170 00
Necessary accessories: Refer to table on page 39.
Cable legend: Refer to page 41.
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
19
3. Room types
3..3
Ward bathroom
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
77 0170 00
In
In
In
70 0115 00
70 0106 00
74 0510 00
+ 77 0805 00
+ 70 0491 00
In
In
70 0111 00
70 0111 00
For each room
ComTerminal
74 0510 00
OSYlink-ComTerminal
77 0805 00
Connection socket ComTerminal
70 0491 00
Room lamp for display of all types of calls and presence
states: e.g. Room lamp, 3 sections
77 0170 00
Each location bathroom / WC
Pull cord call switch wp, suitable for shower, WC
Call switch wp, suitable for wash basin
Pneumatic call switch, suitable for bathtub
70 0115 00
70 0111 00
70 0106 00
Necessary accessories: Refer to table on page 39.
Cable legend: Refer to page 41.
20
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
3. Room types
3..4
Nurse station
3..4.1
Ward console ComStationCT, desktop unit
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
77 0170 00
In
74 0452 50A
77 0601 00
For each room
ComStationCT, desktop unit
77 0601 00
Connection socket ComStation
74 0452 50A
Room lamp for display of all types of calls and presence states: e.g. Room lamp, 3 sections
77 0170 00
Necessary accessories: Refer to table on page 39.
Cable legend: Refer to page 41.
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
21
3. Room types
3..4.2
Ward console ComStationCT with telephone call
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
77 0170 00
In
In
70 0842 00
74 0452 50A
Ia
&Iuml;&Iuml;
&Iuml;&Iuml;
&Iuml;&Iuml;
&Iuml;&Iuml;
11 5300 00
77 0601 00
Telephone calls at analogue telephones in the nurse station with
ComStation CT, desktop unit (77 0601 00) can be signalled as telephone
calls in the nurse call system. Required equipment: RAN interface telephone call (70 0842 00) and the telephone interface relay (11 5300 00).
22
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
3. Room types
3..4.3
Ward console ComStationPC
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
In
77 0180 10
74 0452 60A
77 0602 00
+ 77 0790 00
+ 77 0790 01
or 77 0790 02
For each room
ComStationPC
77 0602 00
Connection socket ComStationPC
74 0452 60A
Room lamp, 3 sections
77 0180 10
PrimusGlobal+ System set−up &amp; configuration
77 0790 00
PrimusGlobal+ Project data for up to 36 rooms
standard
or layout
77 0790 01
77 0790 02
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
23
3. Room types
3..4.4
Ward console ComStationTEL
OSYnet + Ip
Network by customer/others
Ethernet 10/100 MBit
OSYnet + Ip
77 0170 00
In
230 V
77 0601 01
+ 77 0805 00
+ 70 0491 00
77 0603 00
For each room
ComStationTEL
77 0603 00
For each room (if compliance with DIN VDE 0834 is required)
ComTerminal
74 0510 00
OSYlink-ComTerminal
77 0805 00
Connection socket ComTerminal
70 0491 00
Room lamp for display of all types of calls and presence
states: e.g. Room lamp, 3 sections
77 0170 00
Necessary accessories: Refer to table on page 39.
Cable legend: Refer to page 41.
24
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
3. Room types
3..5
Corridor
Corridor display:
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
77 01X0 00
The corridor display Alpha 16, one−sided
(77 0150 00) or Alpha 16, double−sided
(77 0160 00) is directly connected to the
group bus OSYnet.
Group lamps, Direction lamps:
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
Each OSYlink-group lamp interface
(77 0802 00) will support:
77 0802 00
4 direction lamps (73 1102 00)
or
group lamps (73 1X02 00) for 4 wards.
73 1102 00
73 1202 00
Door entry speaker:
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
Each OSYlink-door entry speaker interface
(77 0801 00) will support one door entry
speaker (77 0350 00) .
77 0801 00
77 0350 00
Loudspeaker with announcement interface:
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
77 0804 00
Each OSYlink-announcement interface
(77 0804 00) will support up to 5 loudspeakers (05 0024 00) .
05 0024 00
Devices or technical systems from other makes:
Equipment from other makes can be connected using OSYlink-Universal
(77 0803 00)
OSYnet + Ip
OSYnet + Ip
77 0803 00
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
1 monitored input per call category: call, emergency call,
code blue/cardiac alarm. 1 solid state output per call
category: call, emergency call, code blue/cardiac alarm.
1 monitored input, configurable. 1 solid state output,
configurable. 1 input, configurable ) 1 solid state output,
configurable, with location light function (function−related to digital input). 3 inputs, configurable. 1 solid state
output, configurable. 2 relay outputs, configurable
(change−over contact, voltage source internal or external
selectable by jumper)
25
3. Room types
26
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
4. Installation examples
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
27
Product name:
OSY-ControlCenter
24 V
230 V~
77 3400 00
or
77 3401 00
74 0510 00
OSYnet
77 2100 00
Ip
77 2100 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
+
00 0040 76
74 0510 00
OSYnet
24 V
230 V~
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
+
00 0040 76
77 0350 00
77 0801 00
Ip
24 V
230 V~
77 3400 00
or
77 3401 00
00 0040 76 120 Ohm resistor (Bus termination)
70 0491 00 Connection socket ComTerminal
74 0452 00A Connection socket ComStation
74 0510 00 ComTerminal
77 0111 02 Direction lamp
77 0112 02 Group lamp, 2 groups
77 0350 00 Door entry speaker
77 0801 00 OSYlink−Door entry speaker
77 0802 00 OSYlink−Group lamp
77 0803 00 OSYlink−Universal
77 0805 00 OSYlink-ComTerminal
77 2100 00 OSYnet−SafetyController
77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS
77 3401 00 Power supply unit
Order No.:
ManagementCenter
230 V~
28
120 W
77 3400 00
or
77 3401 00
120 W
Flamenco&reg; Installation example 1
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
77 0803 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
ComStationCT
74 0452 00A
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
77 0802 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
77 0111 02
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
77 0112 02
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
ComStationCT
74 0452 00A
77 0802 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
77 0112 02
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
4. Installation examples
OSYnet Group 2
OSYnet Group 1
Group 1
Group 2
Group 3
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
74 0510 00
Product name:
120 Ohm resistor (Bus termination)
Connection socket ComTerminal
ComTerminal
Corridor display Alpha 16
Corridor display Alpha 16, double−sided
OSYlink-ComTerminal
OSYnet−SafetyController
Power supply unit UPS
Power supply unit
OSYnet−Y−RepeaterOpto
00 0040 76
70 0491 00
74 0510 00
77 0150 00
77 0160 00
77 0805 00
77 2100 00
77 3400 00
77 3401 00
77 4000 00
24 V
230 V~
230 V
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
OSY-ControlCenter
77 3400 00
or
77 3401 00
ComStationPC
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
230 V~
24 V
77 2100 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
77 3400 00
or
77 3401 00
OSYnet
Ip
74 0510 00
OSYnet
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
+
00 0040 76
24 V
230 V~
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
+
00 0040 76
74 0510 00
OSYnet
Ip
77 3400 00
or
77 3401 00
Order No.:
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
OSYnet
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
77 0150 00 or 77 0160 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
Ip
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
24 V
230 V~
77 3400 00
or
77 3401 00
120 W
120 W
Flamenco&reg; Installation example 2
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
ComStationPC
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
77 0150 00 or 77 0160 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
230 V
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
ComStationPC
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
77 0150 00 or 77 0160 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
230 V
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
4. Installation examples
77 4000 00
Group 1
Group 2
Group 3
29
30
Ip
77 2100 00
77 3400 00
or
77 3401 00
OSYnet
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
+
00 0040 76
74 0510 00
OSYnet
24 V
230 V~
24 V
230 V~
230 V
ComStationTEL
77 3400 00
or
77 3401 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
LAN
by customer
77 0804 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
05 0024 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
OSY-ControlCenter
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
OSYnet
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
Ip
24 V
230 V~
77 3400 00
or
77 3401 00
120 W
Flamenco&reg; Installation example 3
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
230 V
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
Product name:
120 Ohm resistor (Bus termination)
Loudspeaker with announcement interface
Connection socket ComTerminal
ComTerminal
Corridor display Alpha 16
Corridor display Alpha 16, double−sided
OSYlink announcement
OSYlink-ComTerminal
OSYnet−SafetyController
Power supply unit UPS
Power supply unit
OSYnet-Gateway
00 0040 76
05 0024 00
70 0491 00
74 0510 00
77 0150 00
77 0160 00
77 0804 00
77 0805 00
77 2100 00
77 3400 00
77 3401 00
77 4001 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
74 0510 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
Order No.:
ComStationTEL
LAN
by customer
77 4001 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
OSYnet
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
77 0150 00 or 77 0160 00
74 0510 00
70 0491 00
+
77 0805 00
4. Installation examples
Group 1
Group 2
Group 3
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
5. Installation work sequence
Work step
Description
1.
Defining the mounting positions
Page 33 and on
2.
Installation of back boxes
Page 39 and on
3.
Cable laying
Page 41 and on
4.
Mounting and connecting of devices
Product leaflet, Page 71 and on
5.
Switching on and checking of power supply units
Page 51 and on
6.
Configuring of ComTerminals
Product leaflet for ComTerminal (Order
No. 74 0510 00) and in chapter Product leaflets&quot;, Page 71 and on
7.
Configuring of OSY−ControlCenter
(SystemOrganizer)
Page 55 and on
8.
Connecting the OSY−ControlCenter
Product leaflet for OSY-ControlCenter
and in chapter Product leaflets&quot;, Page
71 and on
9.
Commissioning of OSY−ControlCenter
Product leaflet for OSY-ControlCenter
and in and in chapter Product leaflets&quot;,
Page 71 and on
10. Connecting and commissioning of ManagementCenter
Product leaflet for MangementCenter
and in and in chapter Product leaflets&quot;,
Page 71 and on
11.
Page 57 and on
System: Functional checks
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
31
5. Installation work sequence
32
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
6. Defining the mounting positions
6..1
General requirements
All devices for the nurse call
system
− Considering the different users, the process of raising a call
must be simple and unambiguous, and a mix−up with other system elements must be virtually impossible.
− Damage or destruction from external effects which may occur
during normal use (e.g. when moving beds) must be virtually
impossible.
Devices with displays
− Unobstructed view must be ensured (ComTerminal, ComStationCT)
Call switches, Call devices
− Easy access and reach must be ensured.
Presence switches
− Near the door.
Optical signalling devices
− Visual recognition must not be obscured by other stray light.
Signal lamps, Corridor displays
− Called or paged persons shall be directed via the shortest distance to the call location.
Room lamps
− Shall be easily allocated to the respective rooms.
In WCs and wet rooms
− Comply with specifications acc. to DIN VDE 0100!
Power supply units, OSYlinks,
OSYnet−SafetyController,
OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto,
OSYnet-Gateway
− Use in dry rooms only; if possible within distribution cabinets
(not inside of patient or resident rooms).
− Easy access at any time (access door at least 60 mm wide).
− Heat transfer must not be blocked off.
− When installed in switch cabinets, forced−air cooling may be
required.
− Considering the effective voltage drop, the power supply unit
should be located close to the biggest users.
− Fire hazard! Danger of fire in case of short−circuit. Therefore,
ensure sufficient ventilation in distribution cabinets.
Distributor cabinets for both
nurse call system and mains
power supply
6..1.1
− After removing the outer cover, the high−voltage part must still
be protected.
− Clamps for the nurse call system and those for the high−voltage
installations must be clearly separated and designated as such,
e.g. by way of design, shape, colour. Inscriptions alone are not
sufficient to preclude misuse.
Mounting heights
Prescribed mounting height acc. to DIN VDE 0834:
Mounting height above floor level:
Device with control elements (with and without indicating lamps)
700 − 1500 mm
Device with control elements with text display
1500 − 1700 mm
Device in installation units
1600 − 1800 mm
Signal lamps and large letter display
1500 − 2200 mm
Distribution boxes
700 − 2200 mm
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
33
6. Defining the mounting positions
6..1.2
Room terminals
ComTerminal
Order No.: 74 0510 00
Location in the room:
The ComTerminal has to be installed in a acoustically convenient location, so that from all locations in the room a good
speech connection over the ComTerminal is possible.
Note: If the ComTerminal is not installed in the entrance area,
a separate staff presence switch (70 0112 00) has to be installed near the door.
170
2-gang back box required .
Note:
1600
At 2−gang back boxes at least 150 mm space (from the
centre) must be provided for the ComTerminal.
150
150
The hole brought down for the back box must be at least
68 mm in diameter, otherwise the circuit board OSYlinkComTerminal cannot be correctly inserted into the connection
socket ComTerminal.
68
34
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
6. Defining the mounting positions
6..1.3
Room lamps
150
55
Room lamp
Order No.: 77 0170 00, 77 0170 01, 77 0170 10, 77 0180 00
110
1−gang back box required for each room lamp.
150
95
Room lamp with doorplate
Order No.: 77 0171 00, 77 0171 10, 77 0181 00
1−gang back box required for each room lamp with doorplate.
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
35
6. Defining the mounting positions
6..1.4
Switches
Switches near the door
150
91
1300
1−gang back box required for each switch.
91 mm raster spacing is mandatory!
Pull cord call switch in bathroom/WC
(ceiling mounted)
300
Order No.: 70 0115 00, 70 0115 01
&Agrave;&Agrave;
&Agrave;&Agrave;
&Agrave;&Agrave;
&Agrave;&Agrave;
1−gang back box required.
Pull cord call switch in bathroom/WC
(wall mounted)
300
Order No.: 70 0115 00, 70 0115 01
2250
1−gang back box required.
Pull cord call switches in shower stalls must be mounted at
least 200 mm above the shower head.
Pneumatic call switch
300
Order No.: 70 0106 00, 70 0106 01
k
1−gang back box required.
2250
Back box for solid wall: 17 0100 00
Back box for partition wall: 17 5100 00
Note: The switch will be offset, i.e. the switch centre will be
ca. 5 mm below the back box centre. In other words, install
the back box 5 mm above the desired switch position.
Back box
5 mm
Switch
36
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
6. Defining the mounting positions
6..1.5
Connection sockets
Connection socket combi
(wall mounting)
Bed1
Bed 2
Order No.: 70 0424 00
100
100
2-gang back box required.
100 mm minimum spacing above floor level.
Connection socket combi, bedhead unit
(mounting in medical supply unit)
Medical supply unit
Order No.: 70 0434 00
Bed 1
Bed 2
Connection sockets
Common practice is that the connection sockets are installed
by the supplier of the medical supply units.
Connection socket with call switch
(1 connection socket for 2 beds)
Order No.: 70 0171 03
Bed 1
Bed 2
Minimum arrangement for mounting between 2 beds for connection of 2 pear push switches.
100
Consider that beds are moved about!
100 mm minimum spacing above floor level.
Bed 1
Bed 2
Connection socket with call switch
(1 connection socket per bed)
Order No.: 70 0171 03
100
100
100 mm minimum spacing above floor level.
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
37
6. Defining the mounting positions
38
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
7. Installing the back boxes
Refer to the table of accessories to find the correct back box. Note: There
are different back boxes for solid walls and hollow walls.
Some devices call for special accessories which must be ordered. Use
the table below to select the correct back boxes and connecting clamps.
7..1
Table of accessories
Back boxes
Connector
70 0807 00
17 0540 00
17 0510 00
17 0100 00
Order No.
Partition wall
17 0410 00
Solid wall
Telephone interface relay
11 5300 00
Pneumatic call switch
70 0106 00
Centre offset
Centre offset
Pneumatic call switch/WC
70 0106 01
Centre offset
Centre offset
Call switch
70 0111 00
F
F
F
Call switch/WC
70 0111 01
F
F
F
Staff presence switch
70 0112 00
F
F
F
Cancel switch/WC
70 0113 00
F
F
F
Code blue / Cardiac alarm switch
70 0114 00
F
F
F
Pull cord call switch
70 0115 00
F
F
F
Pull cord call switch/WC
70 0115 01
F
F
F
Call switch/WC with cancel switch
70 0117 00
F
F
F
Call switch with privacy switch
70 0118 00
F
F
F
Connection socket with call switch
70 0171 03
F
F
70 0807 01
Cancel switch/WC with call tone
70 0183 00
F
F
F
Connection socket combi
70 0424 00
Connection socket combi bed. unit
70 0434 00
Connection socket ComTerminal
70 0491 00
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
17 0200 00
F
F
F
Installation in medical supply unit
F
F
00 0222 88
39
7. Installing the back boxes
Back boxes
7..1.1
Connector
70 0807 00
17 0540 00
17 0510 00
Partition wall
17 0410 00
Order No.
17 0100 00
Solid wall
Connection socket ComStation
74 0452 50A
F
F
Connection socket ComstationPC
74 0452 60A
F
F
Direction lamp
77 0111 02
F
F
Group lamp, 2 groups
77 0112 02
F
F
Group lamp, 3 groups
77 0113 02
F
F
Group lamp, 4 groups
77 0114 02
F
F
Room lamp, 3 sections
77 0170 00
F
F
F
Room lamp code blue/cardiac
alarm, WC
77 0170 01
F
F
F
Room lam, 4 sections
77 0171 10
F
F
F
Room lamp, 3 sections
with door plate
77 0171 00
F
F
F
Room lamp, 4 sections
with door plate
77 017110
F
F
F
Room lamp, 3 sections
77 0180 10
F
F
Room lamp universal, 3 sections
with doorplate
77 0181 10
F
F
OSYnet−Y−RepeaterOpto
77 4000 00
Sound detector, wall mounted
Z 00 8200 00
77 0950 00
F
F
ComTerminal
A 2−gang back box is required for mounting the ComTerminals. Place the
back box such that when installing the connection socket, a minimum of
150 mm from the centre of the back box is available above and below the
centre. The borehole diameter for the back box must be at least 60 mm.
Otherwise the OSYlink-ComTerminal cannot be placed correctly into
connection socket ComTerminal.
150
68
150
40
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
8. Laying the cables
When laying the cables, closely observe the current VDE rules.
8..1
Cable legend
To simplify the handling of installation plans, Tunstall GmbH has introduced an expanded cable legend.
The cables are organised according to their application areas. Relevant
types of cables are allocated to specific application areas. These shall be
considered as minimum requirements.
8..1.1
Marking
Designation
Type of cable
Ia
General cables
IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8
Ia2
General cables
IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.6
Ia3
General cables
IY(ST)Y 3x2x0.6
Ia4
General cables
IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.6
Ia5
General cables
IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8
OSYnet
Group bus OSYnet
Either: UTP CAT−5; UTP CAT−6;
IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8; IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.6
Ie
Entertainment cables
2x IYY per channel or compatible
cables (1 double wire required for
each programme)
In
Room bus RAN
IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8
Ip
Power cable
NYM 2x2.5 mm2
Is
Speech cable plus room bus
RAN
2x IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8
Colour coding
bl
blue
br
brown
ge
yellow
gn
green
gr
grey
or
orange
rt
red
sw
black
vio
violet
ws
white
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
41
8. Laying the cables
8..2
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
All electronic components of the nurse call system emission and sensibility values which are well within the prescribed parameters for electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Nevertheless, interference with the call system
may occur in specific situations and due to insufficient interference suppression of fluorescent lamps − particularly in hospital installation units
(medical supply units).
In the original building phase, contractors and users should take appropriate measures to prevent the occurence of external interference. It
should be checked whether such external interference can be prevented
through the implementation of suppressor assemblies (varistor element).
They can be procured from the manufacturers. Here, Tunstall offers the
overvoltage suppressor 230 V (70 0890 97).
The electromagnetic characteristics of medical supply units in a hospital
may vary considerably. In fact, they may even vary for the same type of
unit if they are wired in different manners.
Generally speaking, nurse call systems are rather widespread in their layout, and therefore they their electromagnetic feature are greatly affected
by the type and arrangement of the cabling network.
Note: This issue should also be considered when medical supply units
are modified or retrofitted at any later date.
8..2.1
Cables for high−voltage installations and other
systems with potential dangerous voltages
Cables for the nurse call circuits must not be installed in common cable
conduits along with cables for high−voltage systems or with other cables
with potentially dangerous voltages.
Cables for the nurse call system and high−voltage cables must be placed
at a minimum spacing of 30 cm. For shorter distances of less than 10 m
the spacing may be reduced to 10 cm.
230 V
Spacing &gt; 30 cm
Nurse call system
In medical supply units the laying of cables for nurse call systems must
be executed in compliance with ISO 11197:2004 (German version: EN
ISO 11197:2004).
42
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
8. Laying the cables
8..3
Electric power supply cables (Ip)
Electric power for the system is provided with 24 VDC, which is generated
by regulated, short−circuit proof power supply units.
The power supply cable Ip is installed as a ring circuit. Cable lengths
should be kept as short as possible to preclude larger voltage drops.
Maximum voltage differential from the power supply unit to the farthest
room being supplied via the ring circuit should not exceed 4 V.
Where larger voltage drops are observed, another cable should be laid
from the supply unit, or a cross linking within the 24 V ring circuit should
be realised to effectively reduce the total distance, and as such the voltage drop. If neither solution will solve the problem, a second power supply
unit should be installed. Coupling of power supply units in parallel is not
allowed.
The power supply ring circuit should be made using cables of 2.5mm2
cross section. Depending on the type of circuit, single core leads (NYA
2.5 mm2 for +24V and 0V) or a common cable (NYM 2x2.5 mm2) may be
used.
Fig. 4:
NYM 2x2.5 mm 2
NOTE! When laying the cables, always select the shortest route to keep
the resultant voltage drop as low as possible.
Use of logic colour codes for the cables and/or specific laying techniques
for the low−voltage cables shall eliminate the chance for mix−up with high−
voltage cables. If you select to use cable material which is also used for
high voltage circuits you should mark and designate these cables clearly
and permanently.
Comply with current rules and directives!
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
43
8. Laying the cables
8..4
Current demand
The table below was prepared to facilitate the estimation and calculation
of the required current in the system. The values are average figures and
may deviate somewhat for individual applications. Data on illuminants,
naturally, are subject to larger tolerances. Total current consumption will
vary according to the number of functions used at any one time.
Standby
current
Additional current
74 0510 00 ComTerminal (incl. OSYlink)
96 mA
Display light On: 150 mA
77 0170 xx
Room lamp
20 mA
Each lighted section: 60 mA
77 0171 xx
Room lamp with doorplate
20 mA
Each lighted section: 60 mA
70 0171 03 Connection socket with call switch
15 mA
70 04x4 00 Connection socket combi / combi bedhead unit 30 mA
74 0747 00 Patient handset
20 mA
70 xxxx xx
Switch
10 mA
70 08xx 00
RAN interfaces
20 mA
70 0790 00 Sound detector
16 mA
70 0831 00 1−channel radio receiver
35 mA
77 011x 02
0 mA
Direction lamp / Group lamps
Each lighted section: 75 mA
77 0150 00 Corridor display Alpha 16
Average current consumption: 300 mA
77 0160 00 Corridor display Alpha 16, double−sided
Average current consumption: 600 mA
05 0024 00 Loudspeaker with announcement interface
80 mA
77 0601 00
ComStationCT,
desktop unit
96 mA
Display light On: 150 mA
77 0350 00 Door entry speaker
30 mA
Operating: 45 mA
77 0801 00 OSYlink−Door entry speaker
53 mA
77 0802 00 OSYlink−Group lamp
26 mA
77 0803 00 OSYlink-Universal
35 mA
77 0804 00 OSYlink-Announcement
32 mA
77 2100 00 OSYnet-SafetyController
30 mA
77 4000 00 OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto
60 mA
77 4001 00 OSYnet-Gateway
50 mA
A power supply unit is required for each OSY-ControlCenter
(Order No. 77 200 00).
8..4.1
Standard basis for calculation
To calculate the required current, first add all standby current figures or
the average current consumption, respectively.
In a simplified manner, the additional current demand can be calculated
as follows: You may assume that on the average 5 calls, 5 presence
states and one speech connection are active at any one time.
44
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
8. Laying the cables
Current demand for each call = 100 mA
Current demand for each presence state = 100 mA
Current demand for each speech connection = 50 mA
The power supply unit should not be loaded by more than 80% of its capacity. Maximum capacity for the power supply units is 12.5 A. The 80%
permissible load, therefore, amounts to 10 A.
8..4.2
Sample calculation
Example: 25 two−bed rooms with WC
Standby current :
per device
for 25 rooms
ComTerminal
96 mA
2400 mA
25
Room lamp, 3 sections
20 mA
500 mA
25
Room lamp code blue/cardiac alarm, WC
20 mA
500 mA
50
Connection socket Combi bedhead unit
30 mA
1500 mA
50
Patient handset
20 mA
1000 mA
50
Switch
10 mA
500 mA
1
ComStationCT,
96 mA
96 mA
1
OSYlink-Group lamp
26 mA
26 mA
1
Group lamp, 2 groups
0 mA
0 mA
Sum (standby current):
6522 mA
Number
Device
25
desktop unit
Additional current:
Number Function
per function
per ward
5
active calls
100 mA
500 mA
5
active presence states
100 mA
500 mA
1
active speech connection
50 mA
50 mA
Sum (additional current):
1050 mA
Total
(standby current + additional current):
7572 mA
80% load on a power supply unit = 10 A (100% = 12.5 A)
Result: One power supply unit is required for the 25 two−bed rooms with
WC.
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
45
8. Laying the cables
8..5
Group bus OSYnet
Lay all cables to the control unit OSY-ControlCenter. Use the locally
available facilities (distributors, cable conduits).
CAUTION ! For the group bus OSYnet no stub lines may be installed. All
devices must be directly connected to the bus.
Cables for the nurse call system which run outside of the building must
be fitted with an overvoltage protection acc. to DIN VDE 0845 at the position where they leave the building. This overvoltage protection will not be
required if a galvanic disconnect point prevents the effect of harmful voltages.
8..5.1
Useable cable types
The following types of cables may be used for the group bus OSYnet:
n UTP CAT−5
n UTP CAT−6
n IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8
n IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.6
NOTE! As alternative solutions, halogen−free variants as well as underground cables can be used. Contact Tunstall GmbH when planning to use
any other type of cable.
These cables are drilled in pairs in the following design:
NF 2a
NF 2b
DG
DH
DL
DG
NF 1b
NF 1a
46
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
8. Laying the cables
8..5.2
Prescribed cable assignment
UTP CAT−5
UTP CAT−6
IY(ST)Y 4x2x0,8
IY(ST)Y 4x2x0,6
8..5.3
orange
white/orange
green
white/green
NF 2a
NF 2b
DG
DG
blue
white/blue
brown
white/brown
DH
DL
NF 1a
NF 1b
yellow
white
green
white
NF 2a
NF 2b
DG
DG
blue
red
DH
DL
brown
white
NF 1a
NF 1b
CCS 32-cables
The system cable CC32 from Tunstall has been used in many earlier reconditioning projects. The cable may be used, however, only one speech
path will be available.
black*)
shielding
white
blue
brown
gray
CCS 32
DG
DH
DL
NF 1a
NF 1b
*) The black strand is not used.
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
47
8. Laying the cables
8..5.4
Maximum permissible cable lengths for OSYnet
Group 1, Ward 1
max. 1000 m
Group 2, Ward 2
Group 3, Ward 3
OSY−ControlCenter
a + b = max. 1000 m
b
Group 3, Ward 4
a
e
c + d + e = max. 1000 m
Group 4, Ward 5
c
Group 4, Ward 6
OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto
max. 1000 m
d
max. 1000 m
Group 5, Ward 7
OSYnet-Gateway
= Bus termination
at last bus user
Where several wards are connected to a group bus, it may be necessary
to split the group bus into two independent sections. The splitting is done
using the OSYnet−Y-RepeaterOpto (Order No. 77 4000 00). One repeater can be used for each group.
Where the max. cable length of 1000 m will not suffice, the group bus can
expanded for another 1000 m using the OSYnet-Gateway (Order No. 77
4001 00). One Gateway can be used for each group.
8..5.4.1
Bus termination
The last device (e.g. a ComTerminal) at a bus cable must be fitted with
a 120 Ohm resistor (Order No. 00 0040 76) between the connecting
points DH and DL.
48
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
8. Laying the cables
8..6
Room bus RAN
The RAN (room area network) links all components in a room. For data
linking, 3−strands of IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 (Cable = In) are required..
+24V
RAN
0V
R (ed) = +24 V
Y(ellow) = RAN
B(lack) = 0V
Max. permissible cable length for RAN is 50 m.
Devices for voice communication require an additional speech line (cable
Is).
All devices with RAN interface can be connected at random (star, bus or
mesh network). Later expansion of the RAN can be realised from any device and independent of the device’s particular function. Only additional
devices with voice communication require an extra voice line.
For a better overview, split the various RAN connections into function
groups. This type of an arrangement is more service−friendly (Fig. 5 on
next page).
The type of installation has no influence on the RAN functions.
The voltage drop caused at each cable connection caused by a current
of max. 60 mA (1 yellow LED module) must not exceed 90 Millivolts in
relation to the voltage at the ComTerminal. Under normal condition, this
value is achieved when a room lamp is connected cable of type In, which
is longer than 50 m.
8..6.1
Shielded cables for the room bus RAN (Is)
CAUTION ! Insulate the protective screen or the blank shield wire all
the way to the connecting point. Otherwise, a short circuit situation or
interference between lines may occur.
To ensure the protective screen function, all room bus cables for music
or voice transmissions (shielded cables) may be stripped for a max.
length of 30 mm only.
max. 30 mm
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
49
8. Laying the cables
Not service−friendly
confusing =
poor installation
Service friendly
clearly arranged=
good installation
Fig. 5:
50
RAN: Example for installation
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
9. Activating the power supply
Prerequisite: Except the power supply unit, all cables are installed and
all devices are connected in compliance with the enclosed product
leaflets.
Note: All product leaflets are presented in chapter 13. Product leaflets&quot;.
9..1
Installing the power supply unit
Before connecting the power supply unit you must check the cables to
the power supply unit for possible short circuits and earth bonding.
Install the power supply unit acc. to the installation instructions coming
with the unit. This information is also shown in the chapter 13. Product
leaflets&quot;.
9..2
Check the current supply
The operating voltage for the whole system is 24 VDC. Electric current
for the system components is supplied through power supply units.
Execute the checks and tests as shown below:
9..2.1
Check output voltage of the power supply unit
Use a multi−meter to confirm the output voltage of 24 VDC.
9..2.2
Check continuity of 24 V ring circuit
Disconnect one end of the ring circuit at the power supply unit. Switch the
power supply unit on and measure the voltage at the open wires. If no
voltage is measured, the ring circuit is not closed or one of the strands
(positive or negative) is interrupted.
Power supply
unit
1. ComTerminal
1. ComTerminal
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
51
9. Activating the power supply
9..2.3
Supply voltage to the ComTerminals
Activate 5 calls and 5 presence states for the ward which is to be
checked. Use the worst location, i.e. the most distant location from the
power supply unit. Test the voltage and determine the ComTerminal with
the lowest voltage. This point is considered the electric centre of the ring
circuit. Here, the voltage differential to the first ComTerminal as seen from
the power supply unit must not be greater than 4 V.
If you should read a lower value (i.e. a drop of more than 4V) the voltage
drop must be reduced by laying an additional cable from the power supply
unit to this point − or double the 0 V line − if it is available.
Power supply unit
Electric
centre
9..2.4
Check voltage for group bus OSYnet
If group bus OSYnet is correctly connected :
voltage between DH and DG and
voltage between DL and DG = ca. 2.5 V.
9..2.5
Check voltage for RAN
RAN voltage is o.k. when voltage between B (0V) and Y (RAN) is from
8.8 V to 9 V DC.
If the voltage is outside of these parameters, these may be the reasons:
If voltage between B (0V) and Y (RAN) = 0 V
a) Short circuit between B and Y
b) Strand Y (RAN) is not connected to the connection socket.
If voltage between B and Y = 12 V
a) Strand B (0V) is not connected at one of the using devices.
b) One device is defective.
52
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
9. Activating the power supply
9..2.6
Check voltage drop in RAN
Measure the supply voltage between the 24 V and the 0 V terminal points
at the connection socket ComTerminal. Note the voltage (U).
Example: U1ComTerminal = 238 mV
Measure the supply voltage at the terminal points of the RAN device
which is most distant from the ComTerminal (considering the cable
length). If this device is not a room lamp, then connect a room lamp for
the purpose of this test only. Note the voltage (U).
Example: U1Room lamp = 237 mV
Switch on Presence 2 (yellow). Only one yellow module should be on. If
a second room lamp is connected, it should be removed from the circuit.
With Presence 2 (yellow) switched on, again measure the supply voltage
at the connection socket ComTerminal and note the voltage (U).
Example: U2ComTerminal = 236 mV
With Presence 2 (yellow) switched on, again measure the supply voltage
at the room lamp. Note the voltage (U).
Example: U2Room lamp = 233 mV
Calculate the relative voltage drop:
Relative voltage drop =
(U1Room lamp − U2Room lamp) − (U2ComTerminal − U2ComTerminal)
The figure must not be greater than 90 mV. Reduce the voltage drop −
if so required − by increasing the cable diameter for the 0 V line (double
wiring).
Example: (237 − 233) − (238 − 236) = 20 mV.
ComTerminal
Connection socket
Presence switch
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Yellow
Room lamp
53
9. Activating the power supply
54
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
10. Configure the OSY−ControlCenter
Before starting the operation of the nurse call system, the OSY-ControlCenter must be configured with the specific data of the relevant project.
This configuration is realised exclusively using the software ’SystemOrganizer’. Standard procedure is that the OSY−ControlCenter is configured at Tunstall before it is delivered. However, the configuration may
also take place on−location in the hospital or via remote service mode.
All project−specific data must be on hand when starting with the configuration process.
Fig. 6:
10..1
Software SystemOrganizer
Parameter to be configured
n Country−specific settings
n Designation for rooms, wards, buildings, etc.
n Setting of call types and system messages
n Parameters for call handling, e.g. call types, call categories, cancelling, privacy setting
n Organisational allocation of rooms (locations) to wards, work shifts,
etc.
n Managing of mobile devices DECT / PS.
n ...
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
55
10. Configure the OSY−ControlCenter
10..1.1
Software conditions
n Windows 2000/XP operating system
n 10/100 MBit LAN access
The use of the SystemOrganizer is described in the online help for the
programme.
56
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
11. Functional checks
n Check each room for possible faults
n Test light call function from each room
n Test functions between the rooms.
n Test the ward console
n Test mobile console
n Test central console
n Test functions between the wards
NOTE! National standards for nurse call systems in the relevant
countries must be complied with.
NOTE! If the nurse call system shall comply with the German standard
DIN VDE 0834, then all tests and checks must be executed as prescribed
in this standard. Note: The tests and checks as prescribed by DIN VDE
0834 may go beyond the tests and checks as described in this manual.
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
57
11. Functional checks
11..1
Checking the room installation
11..1.1
Checking every room for faults
n Perform the test CCS and RAN at the room’s ComTerminal as prescribed in the product leaflet for the ComTerminal.
n No fault may be indicated at any of these devices for the room:
ComStation PC, ManagementCenterPC, OSYnet-SafetyController
(output for fault messages).
n Use the patient handset or the pear push switch to check for correct
light switching.
n Use the patient handset to check for correct radio reception and TV
sound.
58
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
11. Functional checks
11..1.2
Check light call function from each room
11..1.2.1
Check each room
The following test is performed to check all call devices in the room:
Start
yes
Press call button
(red).
LED for
call button (red)
weak light.
Deactivate
presence 1
(green).
LED for call button
(red)
weak light.
Press call button
(red).
LED for call button
(red) bright.
Activate
presence 2
(yellow).
LED for call button
(red) weak light
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Correct the fault.
Room lamp:
Red flashing.
LED for call button
(red) bright.
Activate
presence 1
(green).
Deactivate
presence 2
(yellow).
no
LED in presence
button (green).
is on
Room lamp:
Red is on.
Green is on.
LED in presence
button (green)
is off.
Room lamp:
Lights are off.
Room lamp:
Red flashing.
LED in presence
button (yellow)
is on
Room lamp:
Red is on.
Yellow is on.
LED in
presence button
(yellow) is off.
Room lamp:
Lights are off.
59
11. Functional checks
11..1.2.2
Check function from WCs en suite to room
The following test is performed to check all call devices from WCs en suite
to rooms:
Start
yes
Press WC call
button (red).
LED for WC call
button (red)
weak light.
LED for WC call
button (red) bright.
no
LED for WC
cancel button
(grey) is on.
60
Room lamps
77 0170 00
77 0171 00:
Red flashing.
Room lamp
77 0170 01:
White flashing.
Room lamps
77 0170 10
77 0171 10
Red flashing +
White flashing.
Room lamps
7 0170 00
77 0171 00:
Red is on.
Room lamp
77 0170 01:
White is on.
Room lamps
77 0170 10
77 0171 10
Rot is in+
White is on.
Press WC
cancel button
(grey).
Press WC
cancel button
(grey) again.
Correct the fault.
LED for WC- call
button (red)
weak light.
LED for WC
cancel button
(grey) is off.
Room lamps
77 0170 00
77 0171 00:
Lights are off.
Room lamp
77 0170 01:
Lights are off
Room lamps
77 0170 10
77 0171 10
Lights are off
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
11. Functional checks
11..1.2.3
Testing of code blue / cardiac alarm
The following test is performed for the code blue/cardiac alarm button at
the ComTerminal and for all separate code blue/cardiac alarm switches:
Start
LED for presence
button 1 (green)
is on.
Activate
presence 1
(green).
Press code
blue/cardiac alarm
button (blue).
Deactivate
presence 2
(yellow).
Room lamps
77 0170 00
77 0171 00:
77 0170 10
77 0171 10
Red flicker.
Green is on.
Room lamp
77 0170 01:
Blue flickers.
LED for code
blue/cardiac alarm
button (blue) is on.
LED for
presence button
(yellow) is on.
Activate
presence 2
(yellow).
LED for code
blue/cardiac alarm
button (blue)
weak light.
Deactivate
presence 1
(green).
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Room lamps
77 0170 00
77 0171 00
77 0170 10
77 0171 10:
Green is on.
LED for
presence button
(yellow) is off.
LED for
presence button
(green) is off.
Room lamps
77 0170 00
77 0171 00:
77 0170 10
77 0171 10
Red is on.
Green is on.
Yellow is on
Room lamp
77 0170 01:
Blue is on.
Room lamps
77 0170 00
77 0171 00:
77 0170 10
77 0171 10
Red is off.
Green is on.
Yellow is off.
Room lamp
77 0170 01:
Lights are off.
Room lamps
77 0170 00
77 0171 00
77 0170 10
77 0171 10:
Lights are off.
61
11. Functional checks
11..2
Checking the ward functions
11..2.1
Call forwarding
When a call is not answered within a programmed time frame, it will be
forwarded to all rooms with activated presence states. Forwarded calls
are presented on the display at the ComTerminal, and a tone also signals
such calls.
Refer to the operating instructions for the ComTerminal for details on the
handling of forwarded calls.
Check for each room:
n Is the call forwarding tone audible at the ComTerminal?
n Does the display of the ComTerminals show the correct room number?
n Can the call be answered? Can a speech connection be established
to the call location?
n Can normal calls be cancelled from the remote position?
11..2.1.1
Corridor display
Check whether calls in the ward are correctly indicated at the corridor display.
11..2.1.2
Direction lamps
Check each direction lamp for the correct indication of the direction for
the allocated rooms.
11..2.1.3
Call devices
Check whether calls from additional call devices (e.g. radio triggers and
pear push switches) are indicated as desired.
62
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
11. Functional checks
11..3
Checking the consoles
Perform this test for all installed consoles: Ward consoles, mobile consoles, central consoles. For information on the correct operation and use
of the consoles refer to the relevant operating instructions.
Two persons are required for executing these checks. One person will
handle the console, and the other person will proceed from one room to
another.
Checks for each room:
n Is the room number correctly displayed?
n Do all types of calls arrive at the console and are they signalled in the
appropriate manner (e.g. normal call, WC call, diagnostic call, emergency call 1, emergency call 2, WC call, WC emergency call, code blue
/ cardiac alarm)?
n Are bed numbers (channel numbers) correctly presented?
n Can calls be answered at the console?
n Can a speech connection be established with the console via voice
devices (ComTerminal, patient handset)?
n Are presence states correctly displayed?
n Can announcements be broadcast from the console?
NOTE! If you note that a false bed number has been set at the connection
socket combi bedhead unit, the medical supply unit must be opened in
order to set the correct number (refer to documents on the medical supply
unit).
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
63
11. Functional checks
11..4
Checking functions between wards
Check:
n Can ward coupling be realised at the ward console?
n Correct function of group lamps.
64
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
12. Spare parts
Functions
Order No.
Terminating resistor 120 Ohm
00 0040 76
as bus terminating element in the final bus device.
Fuse 1 A F
00 0130 24
e.g. for connection socket ComTerminal, corridor
display Alpha 16, corridor display Alpha 16,
double−sided.
Mains fuse, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A
00 0130 41
for power supply unit and power supply unit
UPS.
Output fuse, bottom 15 A FKS
00 0132 02
for power supply unit and power supply unit
UPS.
Battery fuse, internal 20 A FKS
00 0132 03
for power supply unit UPS.
Push−wire connector for junction boxes,
5−pole
00 0210 21
e.g. for connection socket ComStation.
Wire diameter: 0.8 − 1.8 mm
Screw connecting clamp, 6-pole
00 0211 32
for OSYlink−Door entry speaker, OSYlink−Group
lamp, OSYlink−Announcement, OSYlink-Universal.
Screw connecting clamp, voltage supply,
4-pole
00 0211 33
for OSYlink−Door entry speaker, OSYlink−Group
lamp, OSYlink−Announcement, OSYlink-Universal and for OSY-ControlCenter (DC/DC converter).
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
65
12. Spare parts
Functions
Order No.
Screw connecting clamp, 4-pole
00 0211 36
for OSYlink−Door entry speaker, OSYlink−Group
lamp, OSYlink−Announcement, OSYlink-Universal.
Screw connecting clamp, 5-pole
00 0211 37
for OSYlink−Door entry speaker, OSYlink−Group
lamp, OSYlink−Announcement, OSYlink-Universal.
Screw connecting clamp, 12-pole
00 0211 38
for OSYlink−Door entry speaker, OSYlink−Group
lamp, OSYlink−Announcement, OSYlink-Universal.
Clamp for control and indicator outputs,
7−pole
00 0211 39
for power supply unit and power supply unit
UPS.
Clamp for mains connection, 3−pole
00 0211 40
for power supply unit and power supply unit
UPS.
Clamp for 24 V connection, 4−pole
00 0211 41
for power supply unit and power supply unit
UPS.
Cage clamp for data and audio wires,
4−pole
00 0211 42
for OSY-ControlCenter.
66
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
12. Spare parts
Functions
Order No.
Cage clamp for data and audio wires,
6-pole
00 0211 43
for OSY-ControlCenter.
Cage clamp for data and audio wires,
10-pole
00 0211 44
for OSY-ControlCenter.
Push−wire connector for junction boxes,
4−pole
00 0222 88
e.g. for connection socket ComStation, connection socket ComTerminal.
Wire diameter: 0.6 − 0.8 mm
Bridging contact EB 2 − 5 for control
clamps x and y
00 0223 56
for power supply unit UPS.
Plug−in screw terminal with fuse holder
00 0224 81
e.g. for corridor display Alpha 16, corridor display
Alpha 16, double−sided.
LED module, red
13 5200 00
for group lamps, direction lamps.
LED module, green
13 5202 00
for group lamps, direction lamps.
Connecting cable
50 0308 02
e.g. for connection socket with call switch.
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
67
12. Spare parts
Functions
Order No.
Connector, 3−pole
70 0807 00
for switches and room lamps.
Connector, 4-pole
70 0807 01
for connection socket with call switch.
Fixing clamp
70 0808 00
for switches.
Overvoltage protection circuit
68
70 0890 97
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
12. Spare parts
Functions
Order No.
LED module, red
77 0190 00
for room lamps.
LED module, yellow
77 0190 01
for room lamps.
LED module, green
77 0190 02
for room lamps.
LED module, white
77 0190 03
for room lamps.
LED module, blue
77 0190 04
for room lamps.
OSYnet connecting plug
77 0950 00
for OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto.
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
69
12. Spare parts
70
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
13. Product leaflets
Each device is furnished with a product leaflet with information on mounting and connection details. In addition, we have collated the relevant product leaflets in this chapter of the technical manual. Mount and install the
devices as indicated on the connection plan on the product leaflet.
WARNING! Do not install the power supply unit at this time. The mounting
and installation of the various devices and equipment shall be executed
with no electric power in the system. Otherwise there is the ever present
danger of a short−circuit situation!
NOTE! Check that the order no. on the products is the same as the order
no. on the product leaflets. Example: Switches for WC call have the same
housing as the switches for normal call, however, they are programmed
differently.
Display equipment
Page:
77 0112 02
Group lamp, 2 groups
4
77 0113 02
Group lamp, 3 groups
4
77 0114 02
Group lamp, 4 groups
4
77 0150 00
Corridor display Alpha 16
5−6
77 0160 00
Corridor display Alpha 16, double−sided
7−8
77 0170 00
Room lamp, 3 sections
9
77 0170 01
Room lamp, code blue/cardiac alarm, WC
9
77 0170 10
Room lamp, 4 sections
9
77 0171 00
Rom lamp, 3 sections, with doorplate
10
77 0171 10
Room lamp, 4 sections, with doorplate
10
77 0180 10
Room lamp Universal, 3 sections
11
77 0181 10
Room lamp Universal, 3 sections, with doorplate
12
Switch programme
Page:
70 0106 00
Pneumatic call switch
14
70 0106 01
Pneumatic call switch/WC
14
70 0111 00
Call switch wp
15
70 0111 01
Call switch/WC wp
15
70 0114 00
Code blue / Cardiac alarm switch wp
15
70 0112 00
Staff presence switch wp
16
70 0113 00
Cancel switch/WC wp
16
70 0115 00
Pull cord call switch wp
17
70 0115 01
Pull cord call switch/WC wp
17
70 0117 00
Call switch/WC with cancel switch wp
18
70 0118 00
Call switch with privacy switch wp
18
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Product leaflets:
Page 1
Appendix
13. Product leaflets
70 0183 00
Cancel switch/WC with call tone wp
19
Room terminals
Page:
74 0510 00
22 − 23
ComTerminal
Connection sockets
Page:
70 0171 03
Connection socket with call switch
70 0424 00
Connection socket combi
27 − 28
70 0434 00
Connection socket combi bedhead unit
29 − 30
70 0491 00
Connection socket ComTerminal
31 − 32
26
74 0452 50A Connection socket ComStation
33 − 34
Consoles
Page:
77 0601 00
ComStationCT, desktop unit
36
77 0602 00
ComStationPC
37
Interfaces
Page:
70 0840 00
RAN interface normal call
40
70 0841 00
RAN interface code blue/cardiac alarm
40
70 0842 00
RAN interface telephone call
41
70 0860 00
RAN interface TV
70 0880 00
RAN interface with speech
77 0801 00
OSYlink−Door entry speaker
45 − 46
77 0802 00
OSYlink−Group lamp
47 − 48
77 0803 00
OSYlink−Universal
49 − 50
77 0804 00
OSYlink−Announcement
51 − 52
77 0805 00
OSYlink−ComTerminal
42 − 43
Accessories
44
53
Page:
70 0790 00
Sound detector
56
70 0812 00
Diagnostic connection cable
57
77 0901 00
Smoke detector
58
System devices
Page:
77 2000 00
OSY−ControlCenter
60 − 63
77 2100 00
OSYnet−SafetyController
64 − 65
Electric power supply
Page:
77 3400 00
Power supply unit UPS
68 − 74
77 3401 00
Power supply unit
75 − 77
Installation
Page:
77 4000 00
OSYnet−Y−RepeaterOpto
79
77 4001 00
OSYnet−Gateway
80
Appendix
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Product leaflets:
Page 2
13. Product leaflets
13..1
Display equipment
77 0112 02
Group lamp, 2 groups
77 0113 02
Group lamp, 3 groups
77 0114 02
Group lamp, 4 groups
77 0150 00
Corridor display Alpha 16
77 0160 00
Corridor display Alpha 16, double−sided
77 0170 00
Room lamp, 3 sections
77 0170 01
Room lamp, code blue/cardiac alarm, WC
77 0170 10
Room lamp, 4 sections
77 0171 00
Rom lamp, 3 sections, with doorplate
77 0171 10
Room lamp, 4 sections, with doorplate
77 0180 10
Room lamp Universal, 3 sections
77 0181 10
Room lamp Universal, 3 sections, with doorplate
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Product leaflets:
Page 3
Appendix
Installationsanleitung
D
Gruppenleuchte, 2-teilig, Best.-Nr. 77 0112 02
Gruppenleuchte, 3-teilig, Best.-Nr. 77 0113 02
Gruppenleuchte, 4-teilig, Best.-Nr. 77 0114 02
Signalleuchte f&uuml;r mehrere Gruppen zur gruppenbezogenen Signalisierung von Rufen.
(2−teilig: 2 Gruppen, 3−teilig: 3 Gruppen, 4−teilig: 4 Gruppen) Je Gruppe stehen zwei
Einzelleuchtfelder (rot und gr&uuml;n) mit Anschlussm&ouml;glichkeiten zur Signalisierung von Rufen
und Rufstatus zur Verf&uuml;gung. Inkl. LED-Module.
Abmessungen (HxBxT) ohne Montagerahmen:
2−teilig: 60 x 86 x 70 mm
3−teilig: 240 x 86 x 70 mm
4−teilig: 320 x 86 x 70 mm
Installation Instructions
GB
Group lamp, 2 groups, order no. 77 0112 02
Group lamp, 3 groups, order no. 77 0113 02
Group lamp, 4 groups, order no. 77 0114 02
Signal lamps for several groups for group related display of calls: 2 groups, 3 groups or 4
groups. Two single sections (red and green) per group with connection possibilities for
signalling of calls and call status.
Dimensions (HxWxD) without mountig frame:
2 groups: 160 x 86 x 70 mm
3 groups: 240 x 86 x 70 mm
4 groups: 320 x 86 x 70 mm
Operating current per light section: 20 mA
Betriebsstrom pro Leuchtfeld: 20 mA
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Anschl&uuml;sse / Connections:
Gemeinsamer Minus-Pol
collective negative terminal
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Plus-Pol: Ruf (rot)
positive terminal: call (red)
Plus-Pol: Status (gr&uuml;n)
positive terminal: status (green)
Einbaudose und Befestigungsschrauben f&uuml;r die Wandmontage nicht im Lieferumfang.
Back box and fixing screws for wall mounting not included in delivery.
Rotes Leuchtfeld: Ruf
red light section: call
LED-Modul, rot / LED module, red
LED-Modul, gr&uuml;n / LED module, green
77 0112 02
Gruppenleuchte, 2-teilig
Group lamp, 2 groups
00 8802 47, 07/06 (Rev. 1.0)
77 0113 02
Gruppenleuchte, 3-teilig
Group lamp, 3 groups
Product leaflets:
Page 4
Gr&uuml;nes Leuchtfeld: Status
green light section: status
77 0114 02
Gruppenleuchte, 4-teilig
Group lamp, 4 groups
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
Flurdisplay Alpha 16, Best.-Nr. 77 0150 00
Display zur alphanumerischen Anzeige von Rufen und allgemeinen Systeminformationen.
Corridor Display Alpha 16, order no. 77 0150 00
Display for alphanumeric indication of calls and general system information.
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
16 Zeichen alphanumerisch
Automatische Anzeige als Laufschrift bei l&auml;ngeren Texten
Tongeber zur Anzeige von nachgesendeten Rufen
Lautsprecher z.B. f&uuml;r Durchsagen und Signalt&ouml;ne
Stromaufnahme: 300 mA (Durchschnitt)
16 digits, alphanumeric
Longer texts are automatically displayed as ticker
Buzzer for signalling forwarded calls
Loudspeaker, e.g. for announcements or signal tones
Supply current: 300 mA (average)
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Setting of address (1 − 110)
Adresse einstellen (1 − 110)
Zum Einstellen der Adresse dienen die Codierschalter 1 bis 7 mit den Werten 1, 2, 4, 8, 16,
32, 64. Entsprechenden Schalter auf ON stellen.
For setting the address please use the code switches 1 to 7 with the values 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32,
64. Set the appropriate switch to ON.
Beispiele: Adresse 1 wird durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 1 eingestellt.
Adresse 4 durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 3.
Adresse 24 wird durch Addition gebildet: Schalter 4 und 5 auf ON stellen (8+16=24).
Examples: Address 1 is set by using the code switch 1. Address 4 by the code switch 3.
Address 24 is selected through addition: coding switch 4 and 5 (8 + 16 = 24).
Wenn die Adresse w&auml;hrend des Betriebs ge&auml;ndert wird, muss anschlie&szlig;end ein Reset
durchgef&uuml;hrt werden. F&uuml;r den Reset Codierschalter 10 f&uuml;r eine Sekunde auf ON setzen.
After the address is changed while system operation a reset has to be made. For the reset set
code switch 10 for one second to ON.
Mounting
Montage
Das Flurdisplay ist vorgesehen zur Montage in Fluren oder Dienstr&auml;umen.
The corridor display is designed for mounting in corridors or duty rooms.
Das mitgelieferte Zubeh&ouml;r dient zur Deckenmontage.
The standard accessory is used for ceiling mounting.
1
2
4
8
16
S Das Seil durch die H&uuml;lse A der &Ouml;se
schieben. Das Seil arretiert automatisch.
Seil bis zur gew&uuml;nschten L&auml;nge
abschneiden. (Zum L&ouml;sen der
Arretierung H&uuml;lse A eindr&uuml;cken)
Adresse
Address
32
64
S Slide the rope through the sleeve A of
the eye. The rope is fixed automatically.
Cut off the rope to the desired length.
(For pulling out the rope press sleeve A)
Test
Reset
570 mm
Gesamtgewicht ca. 3 kg
Total weight approx. 3 kg
785 mm
Rohr L&auml;nge 650 mm
Tube length 650 mm
A
Anschlussleitung, 1800 mm
Connection Cable, 1800 mm
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
770 mm
77 0150 00
Flurdisplay Alpha 16
Corridor Display Alpha 16
35
00 8802 43, 06/06 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 5
Anschl&uuml;sse
D
Connections
Anschluss
Connection
Das Flurdisplay wird direkt an den Gruppenbus OSYnet angeschlossen. Die freien
Drahtenden der Anschlussleitung dienen zum bauseitigen Anschluss.
The corridor display is directly connected to the group bus OSYnet. Use the free wire ends of
the connection cable for on site connection.
Funktionstest
Functional test
l Zum Starten des Funktionstest Codierschalter 9 Test&quot; auf ON setzen.
Das Display durchl&auml;uft nun die im Folgenden beschriebenen Testschritte. Jeder Schritt
dauert ca. 2 Sekunden.
Test ok, wenn...
Start Test
Tunstall GmbH
Display Check
0123456789abcdef
When the corridor display is connected, a functional test should be carried out.
l To start the functional test set code switch 9 test&quot; to ON.
The corridor display will run through the test steps described in the following table. Each
step takes approx. 2 seconds.
Was wird getestet?
Funktionstest startet.
Die 3 Texte werden
nacheinander angezeigt.
Buzzer test
Display shows:
Test ok, if...
Start Test
Tunstall GmbH
Display Check
0123456789abcdef
Optische Anzeige.
Tongeber−Test startet.
What is being tested?
Functional test starts.
The 3 texts are displayed one
after the other.
Buzzer test
Optical display.
Buzzer test starts.
Buzzer: low
Leiser Signalton ert&ouml;nt.
Tongeber-Einstellung leise&quot;
Buzzer: low
Low signal tone sounds.
Buzzer setting low&quot;
Buzzer: medium
Mittel−lauter Signalton ert&ouml;nt.
Tongeber−Einstellung mittel&quot;
Buzzer: medium
Medium signal tone sounds.
Buzzer setting medium&quot;
Buzzer: loud
Lauter Signalton ert&ouml;nt.
Tongeber−Einstellung laut&quot;
Buzzer: loud
Loud signal tone sounds.
Buzzer setting loud&quot;
Buzzer OFF
Speech relay 1 ON
Tongeber wird ausgeschaltet.
Leises Klicken eines Relais
ist zu h&ouml;ren.
Buzzer OFF
Buzzer is switched off.
Sprechkanal 1 der Rufanlage
Speech relay 1 ON
Low relay click can be heard.
Speech channel 1 of system
Sprechkanal 2 der Rufanlage
Speech relay 2 ON
Low relay click can be heard.
Speech channel 2 of system
Speech relay 2 ON
Leises Klicken eines Relais
ist zu h&ouml;ren.
Speech relays OFF
Klicken von Relais ist zu h&ouml;ren. Sprechkan&auml;le werden geschlossen.
Speech relays OFF
Relay click can be heard.
Speech channels are closed.
Anzeige ohne L&ouml;cher&quot;.
Funktionsf&auml;higkeit der LEDs
L&ouml;cher zeigen defekte LEDs an.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
(displayed as ticker)
Display without holes&quot;.
Holes show defective LEDs.
LED function
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
(Anzeige in Laufschrift)
To stop the test:
DIP switch 9 −&gt; OFF
Zum Beenden des Tests den Codierschalter 9 auf OFF setzen.
End of Test
00:00 (Uhrzeit)
To stop the test:
DIP switch 9 −&gt; OFF
To stop the test set code switch 9 to OFF.
Test ended.
End of Test
Test beendet.
Wenn OSYnet angeschlossen: Anzeige der Systemuhrzeit.
Sonst l&auml;uft interne Uhr des Flurdisplays ab 00:00 Uhr
If OSYnet is connected: System time is displayed.
Otherwise internal clock of corridor display starts at 00:00 h.
00:00 (time)
connection cable
0V
rot/red:
24 V
braun/brown:
NF 1a
wei&szlig;/white:
NF 1b
grau/grey:
NF 2a
rosa/pink:
NF 2b
gelb/yellow:
DL
gr&uuml;n/green:
DH
violett/violet:
DG
Si *)
Ip
0V
blau/blue:
OSYnet OSYnet
Anschlussleitung
schwarz/black:
Ip
bauseitiger Anschluss
on site connection
*) Steck-Schraubklemme mit Si-Halter (00 0224 81) Sicherung 1 AF (00 0130 24)
*) Plug−in screw terminal with fuseholder (00 0224 81) Fuse 1 AF (00 0130 24)
1
2
4
8
16
Adresse
Address
32
64
Test
Reset
77 0150 00
Flurdisplay Alpha 16
Corridor Display Alpha 16
00 8802 43, 06/06 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 6
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Wenn das Flurdisplay angeschlossen ist, sollte ein Funktionstest durchgef&uuml;hrt werden.
Display zeigt:
GB
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
GB
Flurdisplay Alpha 16, doppelseitig, Best.-Nr. 77 0160 00
Doppeldisplay zur alphanumerischen Anzeige von Rufen und allgem. Systeminformationen.
Corridor Display Alpha 16, double-sided, order no. 77 0160 00
Double display for alphanumeric indication of calls and general system information.
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
16 Zeichen alphanumerisch
Automatische Anzeige als Laufschrift bei l&auml;ngeren Texten
Tongeber zur Anzeige von nachgesendeten Rufen
Lautsprecher z.B. f&uuml;r Durchsagen und Signalt&ouml;ne
Stromaufnahme: 600 mA (Durchschnitt)
16 digits, alphanumeric
Longer texts are automatically displayed as ticker
Tone generator for signalling forwarded calls
Loudspeaker, e.g. for announcements or signal tones
Supply current: 600 mA (average)
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Montage
Mounting
Das Doppeldisplay ist vorgesehen zur Montage in Fluren oder Dienstr&auml;umen.
The double display is designed for mounting in corridors or duty rooms.
Das mitgelieferte Zubeh&ouml;r dient zur Deckenmontage.
The standard accessory is used for ceiling mounting.
S Das Seil durch die H&uuml;lse A der &Ouml;se schieben. Das
Seil arretiert automatisch. Seil bis zur gew&uuml;nschten
L&auml;nge abschneiden. (Zum L&ouml;sen der Arretierung
H&uuml;lse A eindr&uuml;cken.)
S Slide the rope through the sleeve A of the eye. The
rope is fixed automatically. Cut off the rope to the
desired length.
(For pulling out the rope press sleeve A)
A
Rohr L&auml;nge 650 mm
tube length 650 mm
Anschlussleitung, 1800 mm
connection cable, 1800 mm
Gesamtgewicht ca. 6 kg
total weight approx. 6 kg
785 mm
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
570 mm
770 mm
77 0160 00
Flurdisplay Alpha 16, doppelseitig
Corridor Display Alpha 16, double-sided
120 mm
S Die beiden unteren Schrauben in
die anderen L&ouml;cher einschrauben.
S Srew the two bottom screws in
the other holes.
Option:
Gewinkelte Montage f&uuml;r bessere Lesbarkeit
Angled mounting for better readability
00 8802 44, 06/06 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
Gerade Montage
Upright mounting
Page 7
Gewinkelte Montage
Angled mounting
Anschl&uuml;sse
D
Connections
GB
Connection
Anschluss
Das Doppeldisplay wird direkt an den Gruppenbus OSYnet angeschlossen. Die freien
Drahtenden der Anschlussleitung dienen zum bauseitigen Anschluss.
The double display is directly connected to the group bus OSYnet. Use the free wire ends of
the connection cable for on site connection.
Adresse einstellen (1 − 110)
Setting of address (1 − 110)
In einem der beiden Displays befindet sich hinter der seitlichen Schutzkappe ein 10-teiliger
Codierschalter. Zum Einstellen der Adresse dienen die Codierschalter 1 bis 7 mit den
Werten 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Entsprechenden Schalter auf ON stellen.
Behind the protection cover at the side of one display there is a 10 part code switch. For setting
the address please use the code switches 1 to 7 with the values 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Set the
appropriate switch to ON.
Beispiele: Adresse 1 wird durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 1 eingestellt.
Adresse 4 durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 3.
Adresse 24 wird durch Addition gebildet: Schalter 4 und 5 auf ON stellen (8+16=24).
Examples: Address 1 is set by using the code switch 1. Address 4 by the code switch 3.
Address 24 is selected through addition: coding switch 4 and 5 (8 + 16 = 24).
After the address is changed while system operation a reset has to be made. For the reset set
code switch 10 for one second to ON.
Wenn die Adresse w&auml;hrend des Betriebs ge&auml;ndert wird, muss anschlie&szlig;end ein Reset
durchgef&uuml;hrt werden. F&uuml;r den Reset Codierschalter 10 f&uuml;r eine Sekunde auf ON setzen.
Funktionstest
Functional test
l Zum Starten des Funktionstest Codierschalter 9 Test&quot; auf ON setzen.
Das Display durchl&auml;uft nun die im Folgenden beschriebenen Testschritte. Jeder Schritt
dauert ca. 2 Sekunden. Sie m&uuml;ssen den Test zweimal durchf&uuml;hren, d.h. jeweils ein Display
beobachten.
Display zeigt:
Test ok, wenn...
Start Test
Tunstall GmbH
Display Check
0123456789abcdef
Display shows:
Was wird getestet?
Funktionstest startet.
Die 3 Texte werden
nacheinander angezeigt.
Buzzer test
After the double display has been connected, a functional test should be carried out.
l To start the functional test set code switch 9 test&quot; to ON.
The corridor display will run through the test steps described in the following table. Each
step takes approx. 2 seconds. You have to carry out the test twice, i.e. check each display
separately.
Test ok, if...
What is being tested?
Start Test
Tunstall GmbH
Display Check
0123456789abcdef
Optische Anzeige.
Tongeber−Test startet.
Functional test starts.
The 3 texts are displayed one
after the other.
Buzzer test
Optical display.
Buzzer test starts.
Buzzer: low
Leiser Signalton ert&ouml;nt.
Tongeber-Einstellung leise&quot;
Buzzer: low
Low signal tone sounds.
Buzzer setting low&quot;
Buzzer: medium
Mittel−lauter Signalton ert&ouml;nt.
Tongeber−Einstellung mittel&quot;
Buzzer: medium
Medium signal tone sounds.
Buzzer setting medium&quot;
Buzzer: loud
Lauter Signalton ert&ouml;nt.
Tongeber−Einstellung laut&quot;
Buzzer: loud
Loud signal tone sounds.
Buzzer setting loud&quot;
Buzzer OFF
Speech relay 1 ON
Tongeber wird ausgeschaltet.
Leises Klicken eines Relais
ist zu h&ouml;ren. 1)
Buzzer OFF
Buzzer is switched off.
Sprechkanal 1 der Rufanlage
Speech relay 1 ON
Low relay click can be heard. 1) Speech channel 1 of system
Speech relay 2 ON
Leises Klicken eines Relais
ist zu h&ouml;ren.1)
Sprechkanal 2 der Rufanlage
Speech relay 2 ON
Low relay click can be heard. 1) Speech channel 2 of system
Speech relays OFF
Klicken von Relais
ist zu h&ouml;ren.1)
Sprechkan&auml;le werden geschlossen.
Speech relays OFF
Relay click can be heard. 1)
Speech channels are closed.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
(Anzeige in Laufschrift)
Anzeige ohne L&ouml;cher&quot;.
Funktionsf&auml;higkeit der LEDs
L&ouml;cher zeigen defekte LEDs an.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
(displayed as ticker)
Display without holes&quot;.
Holes show defective LEDs.
LED function
To stop the test:
DIP switch 9 −&gt; OFF
Zum Beenden des Tests den Codierschalter 9 auf OFF setzen.
End of Test
00:00 (Uhrzeit)
To stop the test:
DIP switch 9 −&gt; OFF
End of Test
Test beendet.
Wenn OSYnet angeschlossen: Anzeige der Systemuhrzeit.
Sonst l&auml;uft interne Uhr des Flurdisplays ab 00:00 Uhr
00:00 (time)
1)
Die Relais f&uuml;r die beiden Sprechkan&auml;le befinden sich nur in einem Display. Das ist das
Display, in dem sich auch der Codierschalter befindet.
To stop the test set code switch 9 to OFF.
Test ended.
If OSYnet is connected: System time is displayed.
Otherwise internal clock of corridor display starts at 00:00 h.
1)
The relays for the speech channels are only in one display. That’s the display with the
coding switch.
bauseitiger Anschluss
on site connection
Anschlussleitung
connection cable
24 V
braun/brown:
NF 1a
wei&szlig;/white:
NF 1b
grau/grey:
NF 2a
rosa/pink:
NF 2b
gelb/yellow:
DL
gr&uuml;n/green:
DH
violett/violet:
DG
Si *)
Ip
0V
rot/red:
Ip
0V
blau/blue:
OSYnet OSYnet
schwarz/black:
*) Steck-Schraubklemme mit Si-Halter (00 0224 81) Sicherung 1 AF (00 0130 24)
*) Plug−in screw terminal with fuseholder (00 0224 81) Fuse 1 AF (00 0130 24)
1
2
4
8
16
32
Adresse
Address
64
77 0160 00
Flurdisplay Alpha 16, doppelseitig
Corridor Display Alpha 16, double-sided
Test
Reset
00 8802 44, 06/06 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 8
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Nach dem Anschlie&szlig;en des Doppeldisplays sollte ein Funktionstest durchgef&uuml;hrt werden.
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
Zimmerleuchte, 3−teilig, Best.-Nr. 77 0170 00
zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten und Personalanwesenheiten. Wandmontage.
Room lamp, 3 sections, order no. 77 0170 00
for optical signalling of all call types and staff presences. Wall mounting.
Zimmerleuchte Alarm, WC, Best.-Nr. 77 0170 01
als Erg&auml;nzung zu Zimmerleuchte 77 0170 00 zur optischen Anzeige von Alarm- und/oder
WC-Rufen. Wandmontage wahlweise vor der Zimmert&uuml;r neben Zimmerleuchte 77 0170 00
zur eindeutigen Anzeige von WC- und/oder Alarmruf, oder Montage im Zimmer am
WC-Eingang, um die Richtung zum WC-Ruf anzuzeigen.
Room lamp code blue / cardiac alarm, WC, order no. 77 0170 01
as complement to room lamp 77 0170 00 for optical signalling of code blue / cardiac alarm
and or WC calls. Wall mounting either in the corridor be−sides the room lamp 77 0170 00
for explicit signalling of WC calls and/or code blue/cardiac alarm or it is installed besides
the WC door in the patient room for displaying the direction to the WC call.
Zimmerleuchte, 4-teilig, Best.-Nr. 77 0170 10
zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten und Personalanwesenheiten sowie zus&auml;tzliche
Anzeige f&uuml;r WC-Ruf. Wandmontage
Room lamp, 4 sections, order no. 77 0170 10
for optical signalling of all call types and staff presences as well as additional display for
WC call. Wall mounting.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte und die LED -Module sind mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten
Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt. Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board and the LED modules include electrostatic
sensitive components. Avoid touching.
Montage
1*
2
3*
4
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
Mounting
5
Dekorrahmen
Einbaudose
6
Befestigungsschrauben
Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand
Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz
Anschlussklemme (70 0807 00) 7
* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.
Leiterplatte mit LED-Modulen
1*
2
3*
4
5
6
7
* not
Back box
Pattress
Connector (70 0807 00)
Printed circuit board (PCB) with LED modules
Decorative frame
Fixing screws
Light dome with insert module
included with product delivery.
1. Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2 mit den Schrauben der Einbaudose an der Einbaudose 1
festschrauben. Einbaurichtung beachten, siehe Markierung im Geh&auml;use.
2. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte 4
stecken.
3. Leiterplatte 4 in die Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2 einsetzen (erst oben, dann unten). Dabei die
beiden L&ouml;cher unten in der Leiterplatte 4 auf die Arretierungsstifte der
Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2 stecken.
4. LED-Module gem&auml;&szlig; der folgenden &Uuml;bersicht auf die Leiterplatte stecken.
5. Dekorrahmen 5 mit den Befestigungsschrauben 6 auf die Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2
schrauben.
6. Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz 7 auf den Dekorrahmen 5 dr&uuml;cken bis sie einrastet.
1. Fit the pattress 2 with the back box screws to the back box 1. For the correct mounting
direction refer to the markings in the pattress.
2. Plug the pre−connected connector 3 into the socket on the PCB 4.
3. Put the PCB 4 into the pattress 2 (first the top, then the bottom). The two holes on the
base of the PCB must fit onto the fixing pins of the pattress 2.
4. Plug the LED modules onto the PCB according to the following overview.
5. Fit the decorative frame 5 with the fixing screws 6 onto the pattress 2.
6. Press the light dome with the insert module 7 onto the decorative frame 5 until it locks in
place.
Farben der LED-Module
LED module colours
77 0170 00
77 0170 01
77 0170 10
77 0170 00
77 0170 01
77 0170 10
rot: Rufe
blau: Alarmruf
rot: Rufe
red: calls
blue: code blue/cardiac alarm
red: calls
gr&uuml;n: Personal 1
blau: Alarmruf
gr&uuml;n: Personal 1
green: staff 1
blue: code blue/cardiac alarm
green: staff 1
gelb: Personal 2
wei&szlig;: WC-Ruf
gelb: Personal 2
yellow: staff 2
white: WC call
yellow: staff 2
kein LED-Modul
kein LED-Modul
wei&szlig;: WC-Ruf
no LED module
no LED module
white: WC call
Anschluss Zimmerbus (RAN) ohne Sprechen
B (lack) = 0V schwarz
Y (ellow) = RAN gelb
vom RAN−Teilnehmer
R (ed) = +24 V rot
Connection of room bus (RAN) without speech
B (lack) = 0V
B
Y
R
B
Y
R
Y (ellow) = RAN
from RAN user
R (ed) = +24 V
70 0807 00
Bei der Einstellung der RAN-Anzahl am ComTerminal muss beachtet werden:
Die Zimmerleuchte, 4−teilig, Best.-Nr. 77 0170 10, entspricht zwei
Zimmerger&auml;ten, d.h. ihre RAN-Anzahl betr&auml;gt nicht 1 sondern 2.
70 0807 00
When setting the RAN number in the ComTerminal take into account:
Room lamp, 4 sections, order no. 77 0170 10, is equivalent to two room
devices, i.e. its RAN number is not 1 but 2.
Channel coding
Kanalcodierung
Die Zimmerleuchten k&ouml;nnen zur Bildung von Funktionseinheiten verschiedenen Kan&auml;len
zugeordnet werden. Die Kanalnummern werden an einer markierten Stelle auf der
Leiterplatte (P1, P2, P3) durch Trennen (Messer) bzw. Verbinden (L&ouml;ten) eingestellt.
Werkseitig ist immer die Kanalnummer 0 eingestellt.
If functional units are requested, the room lamps have to be assigned to different channels.
The channel number is configured at the position marked on the PCB (P1, P2, P3) by
breaking the links (cutter) or reconnecting (solder). The product is pre-set on channel 0.
For the channel number to be set please refer to the installation plan.
Die einzustellende Kanalnummer entnehmen Sie dem entsprechenden Installationsplan.
Beispiel Kanalnummer 6:
P2 und P3 trennen
Example channel number 6:
Break links P2 and P3
= L&ouml;tpunkt
Zum Wiederverbinden
getrennter Leitungen
=6
= Solder point
to reconnect a broken link
=6
= werkseitig verbunden
= pre−set link
= getrennt
= broken link
Demontage
Dismantling
Lichtkuppel von oben und unten leicht zusammendr&uuml;cken und dann abziehen.
Compress and pull off the light dome.
OBEN
TOP
1
1.
P1 P2 P3
77 0170 00
Zimmerleuchte, 3-teilig
Room lamp, 3 sections
2
77 0170 01
77 0170 10
5
Zimmerleuchte, 4-teilig
Room lamp, 4 sections
00 8802 49, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0)
6
4
Zimmerleuchte Alarm, WC
Room lamp code blue /
cardiac alarm, WC
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
6
3
7
Product leaflets:
Page 9
Kanalnummer
Channel number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2.
1.
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
Zimmerleuchte, 3−teilig, mit T&uuml;rschild, Best.-Nr. 77 0171 00
zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten und Personalanwesenheiten. T&uuml;rschild als
Beschriftungsfeld f&uuml;r die Raumbezeichnung. Wandmontage.
Room lamp, 3 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0171 00
for optical signalling of all call types and staff presences. Doorplate as label field for room
designation. Wall mounting.
Zimmerleuchte, 4−teilig, mit T&uuml;rschild, Best.-Nr. 77 0171 10
wie 77 0171 00, jedoch zus&auml;tzlich Anzeige des WC-Rufs.
Room lamp, 4 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0171 10
as 77 0171 00, but additionally with display for WC call.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Attention! The printed circuit board and the LED modules include electrostatic
sensitive components. Avoid touching.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte und die LED-Module sind mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten
Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt. Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Montage
1*
2
3*
4
5
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
Mounting
Einbaudose
Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand
Anschlussklemme (70 0807 00)
Leiterplatte mit LED-Modulen
Dekorrahmen
1*
2
3*
4
5
6
Befestigungsschrauben
7
Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz
8* Namensschild (H&ouml;he x Breite: 70 x 92 mm)
9
Schutzabdeckung
* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.
6
Back box
7
Pattress
8*
Connector (70 0807 00)
Printed circuit board (PCB) with LED modules 9
Decorative frame
* not
Fixing screws
Light dome with insert module
Label strip (hxw: 70 x 92 mm)
Protection cover
included with product delivery.
1. Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2 mit den Schrauben der Einbaudose an der Einbaudose 1
festschrauben. Einbaurichtung beachten, siehe Markierung im Geh&auml;use.
2. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte 4
stecken.
3. Leiterplatte 4 in die Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2 einsetzen (erst oben, dann unten). Dabei die
beiden L&ouml;cher unten in der Leiterplatte 4 auf die Arretierungsstifte der
Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2 stecken.
4. LED-Module gem&auml;&szlig; der folgenden &Uuml;bersicht auf die Leiterplatte stecken.
5. Dekorrahmen 5 mit den Befestigungsschrauben 6 auf die Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2
schrauben.
6. Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz 7 auf den Dekorrahmen 5 dr&uuml;cken bis sie einrastet.
7. Namenschild 8 und Schutzabdeckung 9 einlegen.
1. Fit the pattress 2 with the back box screws to the back box 1. For the correct mounting
direction refer to the markings in the pattress.
2. Plug the pre−connected connector 3 into the socket on the PCB 4.
3. Put the PCB 4 into the pattress 2 (first the top, then the bottom). The two holes on the
base of the PCB must fit onto the fixing pins of the pattress 2.
4. Plug the LED modules onto the PCB according to the following overview.
5. Fit the decorative frame 5 with the fixing screws 6 onto the pattress 2.
6. Press the light dome with the insert module 7 onto the decorative frame 5 until it locks in
place.
7. Insert the label strip 8 and the protection cover 9.
Farben der LED-Module
LED module colours
77 0171 00
77 0171 10
77 0171 00
77 0171 10
rot: Rufe
rot: Rufe
red: calls
red: calls
gr&uuml;n: Personal 1
gr&uuml;n: Personal 1
green: staff 1
green: staff 1
gelb: Personal 2
gelb: Personal 2
yellow: staff 2
yellow: staff 2
kein LED-Modul
wei&szlig;: WC-Ruf
no LED module
white: WC call
Anschluss Zimmerbus (RAN) ohne Sprechen
B (lack) = 0V schwarz
Y (ellow) = RAN gelb
vom RAN−Teilnehmer
R (ed) = +24 V rot
Connection of room bus (RAN) without speech
B (lack) = 0V
B
Y
R
B
Y
R
Y (ellow) = RAN
from RAN user
R (ed) = +24 V
70 0807 00
Bei der Einstellung der RAN-Anzahl am ComTerminal muss beachtet werden:
Die Zimmerleuchte, 4−teilig, mit T&uuml;rschild, Best.-Nr. 77 0171 10, entspricht
zwei Zimmerger&auml;ten, d.h. ihre RAN-Anzahl betr&auml;gt nicht 1 sondern 2.
70 0807 00
When setting the RAN number in the ComTerminal take into account:
Room lamp, 4 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0171 10, is equivalent to
two room devices, i.e. its RAN number is not 1 but 2.
Channel coding
Kanalcodierung
Die Zimmerleuchten k&ouml;nnen zur Bildung von Funktionseinheiten verschiedenen Kan&auml;len
zugeordnet werden. Die Kanalnummern werden an einer markierten Stelle auf der
Leiterplatte (P1, P2, P3) durch Trennen (Messer) bzw. Verbinden (L&ouml;ten) eingestellt.
Werkseitig ist immer die Kanalnummer 0 eingestellt.
Die einzustellende Kanalnummer entnehmen Sie dem entsprechenden Installationsplan.
If functional units are requested, the room lamps have to be assigned to different channels.
The channel number is configured at the position marked on the PCB (P1, P2, P3) by
breaking the links (cutter) or reconnecting (solder). The product is pre-set on channel 0.
Beispiel Kanalnummer 6:
P2 und P3 trennen
Example channel number 6:
Break links P2 and P3
For the channel number to be set please refer to the installation plan.
= L&ouml;tpunkt
Zum Wiederverbinden
getrennter Leitungen
=6
= Solder point
to reconnect a broken link
=6
= werkseitig verbunden
= pre−set link
= getrennt
= broken link
Demontage
Dismantling
Lichtkuppel von oben und unten leicht zusammendr&uuml;cken und dann abziehen.
Compress and pull off the light dome.
OBEN
TOP
1
1.
P1 P2 P3
2
6
3
6
7
4
77 0171 00
Zimmerleuchte, 3-teilig, mit T&uuml;rschild
Room lamp, 3 sections, with doorplate
Kanalnummer
Channel number
5
8
77 0171 10
Zimmerleuchte, 4-teilig, mit T&uuml;rschild
Room lamp, 4 sections, with doorplate
00 8802 54, 02/07 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
9
Page 10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2.
1.
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
Zimmerleuchte Universal, 3−teilig, Best.-Nr. 77 0180 10
zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten und Personalanwesenheit 1 sowie zus&auml;tzliche
Anzeige f&uuml;r WC-Ruf. Wandmontage.
Room lamp universal, 3 sections, order no. 77 0180 10
for optical signalling of all call types and staff presence 1 as well as additional display for
WC call. Wall mounting.
Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4−teilig, Best.-Nr. 77 0180 00
wie 77 0181 10, jedoch zus&auml;tzlich mit Personalanwesenheit 2.
Room lamp universal, 4 sections, order no. 77 0180 00
as 77 0181 00, but additionally with staff presence 2.
Attention! The LED modules include electrostatic sensitive components. Avoid
touching.
Achtung! Die LED-Module sind mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Anschl&uuml;sse
Connections
System EccoLine L200, NewLine L200:
0V
RL
Terminal L200
System CCS:
System Concento:
0V
C
COM
L1
AWL
L1
L4
Montage
GND
RL
COM
AW
L2
L3
L1
WL
L4
*nur bei 77 0180 00
*only for 77 0180 00
LB2
Terminal /
Display Modul /
RAB /
L2
L3
HS*
WL
LB1
1*
2
3*
4
COM
S
ComTerminal
L2
L3
WCL
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
L4
LB1
LB1
LB2
LB2
Mounting
1*
2
3*
4
5
Dekorrahmen
Einbaudose
6
Befestigungsschrauben
Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand
Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz
Anschlussklemme (70 0807 07) 7
Leiterplatte mit LED-Modulen
* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.
Back box
Pattress
Connector (70 0807 07)
Printed circuit board (PCB) with LED modules
5
6
7
* not
Decorative frame
Fixing screws
Light dome with insert module
included with product delivery.
1. Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2 mit den Schrauben der Einbaudose an der Einbaudose 1
festschrauben. Einbaurichtung beachten, siehe Markierung im Geh&auml;use.
2. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte 4
stecken.
3. Leiterplatte 4 in die Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2 einsetzen (erst oben, dann unten). Dabei die
beiden L&ouml;cher unten in der Leiterplatte 4 auf die Arretierungsstifte der
Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2 stecken.
4. LED-Module gem&auml;&szlig; der folgenden &Uuml;bersicht auf die Leiterplatte stecken.
5. Dekorrahmen 5 mit den Befestigungsschrauben 6 auf die Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2
schrauben.
6. Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz 7 auf den Dekorrahmen 5 dr&uuml;cken bis sie einrastet.
1. Fit the pattress 2 with the back box screws to the back box 1. For the correct mounting
direction refer to the markings in the pattress.
2. Plug the pre−connected connector 3 into the socket on the PCB 4.
3. Put the PCB 4 into the pattress 2 (first the top, then the bottom). The two holes on the
base of the PCB must fit onto the fixing pins of the pattress 2.
4. Plug the LED modules onto the PCB according to the following overview.
5. Fit the decorative frame 5 with the fixing screws 6 onto the pattress 2.
6. Press the light dome with the insert module 7 onto the decorative frame 5 until it locks in
place.
Farben der LED-Module
LED module colours
Anschlusspunkt
Connector
77 0180 10
77 0180 00
red: calls
red: calls
gr&uuml;n: Personal 1
L1
L2
green: staff 1
green: staff 1
gelb: Personal 2
L3
no LED module
yellow: staff 2
wei&szlig;: WC-Ruf
L4
white: WC call
white: WC call
77 0180 10
77 0180 00
L1
rot: Rufe
rot: Rufe
L2
gr&uuml;n: Personal 1
L3
kein LED-Modul
L4
wei&szlig;: WC-Ruf
Demontage
Dismantling
Lichtkuppel von oben und unten leicht zusammendr&uuml;cken und dann abziehen.
Compress and pull off the light dome.
OBEN
TOP
1.
1
2
6
4
77 0180 10
2.
6
3
Zimmerleuchte Universal , 3-teilig
Room lamp Universal, 3 sections
1.
5
77 0180 00
7
Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4-teilig
Room lamp Universal, 4 sections
00 8802 56, 02/07 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 11
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
Zimmerleuchte Universal, 3−teilig, mit T&uuml;rschild, Best.-Nr. 77 0181 10
zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten, Personalanwesenheit 1 und zus&auml;tzlich WC-Ruf.
T&uuml;rschild als Beschriftungsfeld f&uuml;r die Raumbezeichnung. Wandmontage.
Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0181 10
for optical signalling of all call types, staff presence 1 and additional display for WC call.
Doorplate as label field for room designation. Wall mounting.
Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4−teilig, mit T&uuml;rschild, Best.-Nr. 77 0181 00
wie 77 0181 10, jedoch zus&auml;tzlich mit Personalanwesenheit 2.
Room lamp universal, 4 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0181 00
as 77 0181 00, but additionally with staff presence 2.
Attention! The LED modules include electrostatic sensitive components. Avoid
touching.
Achtung! Die LED-Module sind mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Anschl&uuml;sse
Connections
System EccoLine L200, NewLine L200:
0V
RL
Terminal L200
System CCS:
System Concento:
0V
C
COM
L1
AWL
L1
L4
LB2
GND
RL
COM
AW
L2
L3
L1
WL
L4
*nur bei 77 0181 00
*only for 77 0181 00
Montage
Terminal /
Display Modul /
RAB /
L2
L3
HS*
WL
LB1
1*
2
3*
4
5
COM
S
ComTerminal
L2
L3
WCL
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
L4
LB1
LB1
LB2
LB2
Mounting
Einbaudose
Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand
Anschlussklemme (70 0807 07)
Leiterplatte mit LED-Modulen
Dekorrahmen
1*
2
3*
4
5
6
Befestigungsschrauben
7
Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz
8* Namensschild (H&ouml;he x Breite: 70 x 92 mm)
9
Schutzabdeckung
* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.
6
Back box
7
Pattress
8*
Connector (70 0807 07)
Printed circuit board (PCB) with LED modules 9
Decorative frame
* not
Fixing screws
Light dome with insert module
Label strip (hxw: 70 x 92 mm)
Protection cover
included with product delivery.
1. Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2 mit den Schrauben der Einbaudose an der Einbaudose 1
festschrauben. Einbaurichtung beachten, siehe Markierung im Geh&auml;use.
2. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte 4
stecken.
3. Leiterplatte 4 in die Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2 einsetzen (erst oben, dann unten). Dabei die
beiden L&ouml;cher unten in der Leiterplatte 4 auf die Arretierungsstifte der
Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2 stecken.
4. LED-Module gem&auml;&szlig; der folgenden &Uuml;bersicht auf die Leiterplatte stecken.
5. Dekorrahmen 5 mit den Befestigungsschrauben 6 auf die Geh&auml;use-R&uuml;ckwand 2
schrauben.
6. Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz 7 auf den Dekorrahmen 5 dr&uuml;cken bis sie einrastet.
7. Namenschild 8 und Schutzabdeckung 9 einlegen.
1. Fit the pattress 2 with the back box screws to the back box 1. For the correct mounting
direction refer to the markings in the pattress.
2. Plug the pre−connected connector 3 into the socket on the PCB 4.
3. Put the PCB 4 into the pattress 2 (first the top, then the bottom). The two holes on the
base of the PCB must fit onto the fixing pins of the pattress 2.
4. Plug the LED modules onto the PCB according to the following overview.
5. Fit the decorative frame 5 with the fixing screws 6 onto the pattress 2.
6. Press the light dome with the insert module 7 onto the decorative frame 5 until it locks in
place.
7. Insert the label strip 8 and the protection cover 9.
Farben der LED-Module
LED module colours
Anschlusspunkt
Connector
77 0181 10
77 0181 00
red: calls
red: calls
gr&uuml;n: Personal 1
L1
L2
green: staff 1
green: staff 1
gelb: Personal 2
L3
no LED module
yellow: staff 2
wei&szlig;: WC-Ruf
L4
white: WC call
white: WC call
77 0181 10
77 0181 00
L1
rot: Rufe
rot: Rufe
L2
gr&uuml;n: Personal 1
L3
kein LED-Modul
L4
wei&szlig;: WC-Ruf
Demontage
Dismantling
Lichtkuppel von oben und unten leicht zusammendr&uuml;cken und dann abziehen.
Compress and pull off the light dome.
OBEN
TOP
1
1.
2
6
3
2.
6
7
4
1.
77 0181 10
Zimmerleuchte Universal , 3-teilig,
mit T&uuml;rschild
Room lamp Universal, 3 sections,
with doorplate
5
77 0181 00
Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4-teilig,
mit T&uuml;rschild
Room lamp Universal, 4 sections,
with doorplate
00 8802 55, 02/07 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
8
9
Page 12
13. Product leaflets
13..2
Switch programme
70 0106 00
Pneumatic call switch
70 0106 01
Pneumatic call switch/WC
70 0111 00
Call switch wp
70 0111 01
Call switch/WC wp
70 0114 00
Code blue / Cardiac alarm switch wp
70 0112 00
Staff presence switch wp
70 0113 00
Cancel switch/WC wp
70 0115 00
Pull cord call switch wp
70 0115 01
Pull cord call switch/WC wp
70 0117 00
Call switch/WC with cancel switch wp
70 0118 00
Call switch with privacy switch wp
70 0183 00
Cancel switch/WC with call tone wp
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Product leaflets:
Page 13
Appendix
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
Pneumatischer Ruftaster, Best.-Nr. 70 0106 00
Taster zur Rufausl&ouml;sung durch pneumatische Bet&auml;tigung. Das integrierte Beruhigungslicht
leuchtet auf, sobald ein Ruf ausgel&ouml;st wird. Vorzugsweise hergestellt f&uuml;r den Wandeinbau.
Pneumatic call switch, order no. 70 0106 00
Pneumatischer Ruftaster/WC, Best.-Nr. 70 0106 01
Wie Bestell-Nr. 70 0106 00, jedoch f&uuml;r WC-Ruf und WC-Notruf.
Pneumatic call switch/WC, order no. 70 0106 01
One call button with pneumatic function for call activation, complete with integrate reassurance
lamp. Suitable for wall mounting.
As 70 0106 00, but for WC rooms.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
1*
2
3
4*
* ist
Mounting
Einbaudose
Klemmkralle
Montagerahmen
Anschlussklemme (70 0807 00)
nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.
5
6
7
8
Leiterplatte (vormontiert)
Tastergeh&auml;use
Luftschlauch
Gummiball
1* Back box
2
Fixing clamp
3
Mounting frame
4* Connector (70 0807 00)
* not included with product delivery.
5
6
7
8
Printed circuit board PCB (pre-mounted)
Switch housing
Air tube
Rubber ball
1. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 4 durch den Montagerahmen 3 ziehen.
2. − Einbaudose Mauerwerk: Den Montagerahmen 3 mit der Klemmkralle 2 an der
Einbaudose 1 befestigen (Mittenversatz!).
− Einbaudose Hohlwand: Montagerahmen 3 an den Schraubpunkten der Einbaudose 1
verschrauben (Mittenversatz!)
3. Anschlussklemme 4 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte 5 stecken.
4. Tastergeh&auml;use 6 &uuml;ber den Montagerahmen 3 dr&uuml;cken und einrasten lassen.
5. Falls erforderlich: Den Luftschlauch 7 auf die gew&uuml;nschte L&auml;nge k&uuml;rzen und den
Gummiball 8 wieder aufstecken.
1. Pull the cable-connected connector 4 through the mounting frame 3.
2. − Back box for solid walls: Use the fixing clamp 2 to fix the mounting frame 3 to the back
box 1 (centre offset!).
− Back box for partition walls: Screw the mounting frame 3 to the screw points of the
back box 1 (centre offset!).
3. Plug the connector 4 into the socket on the PCB 5.
4. Push and lock in the switch housing 6 onto the mounting frame 3.
5. If necessary, shorten the air tube to length and refit the rubber ball.
Anschluss Zimmerbus (RAN) ohne Sprechen
Connection of room bus (RAN) without speech
B (lack) = 0V schwarz
vom RAN−Teilnehmer
Y (ellow) = RAN gelb
R (ed) = +24 V rot
B (lack) = 0V
B
Y
R
B
Y
R
Y (ellow) = RAN
from RAN user
R (ed) = +24 V
Channel coding
Kanalcodierung
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
Die Ruftaster k&ouml;nnen zur Bildung von Funktionseinheiten verschiedenen Kan&auml;len
zugeordnet werden.
Die Kanalnummern werden an einer markierten Stelle auf der Leiterplatte (P1, P2, P3)
durch Trennen (Messer) bzw. Verbinden (L&ouml;ten) eingestellt.
Werkseitig ist immer die Kanalnummer 0 eingestellt.
Die einzustellende Kanalnummer entnehmen Sie dem entsprechenden Installationsplan.
Beispiel Kanal 6:
= L&ouml;tpunkt
P2 und P3 trennen
Zum Wiederverbinden
= 6
getrennter Leitungen
If functional units are requested, the switches have to be assigned to different channels.
The channel number is configured at the position marked on the PCB (P1, P2, P3) by
breaking the links (cutter) or reconnecting (solder). The product is pre-set on channel 0.
For the channel number to be set please refer to the installation plan.
Example channel number 6:
Break links P2 and P3
= Solder point
to reconnect a broken link
=6
= pre−set link
= werkseitig verbunden
= broken link
= getrennt
Demontage
Dismantling
1. Using a screw driver, prize the switch cover from above away from the mounting frame.
2. Unscrew the mounting frame 3.
3. Remove the connector 4.
1. Schraubendreher an der Rastnase ansetzen und Tastergeh&auml;use abhebeln.
2. Schraube am Montagerahmen 3 l&ouml;sen.
3. Anschlussklemme 4 abziehen.
3
6
1
P1 P2
5
Back box partition wall (17 5100 00),
Centre offset:
4
2
1
7
3
8
Product leaflets:
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Kanalnummer
Channel number
70 0106 00
Pneumatischer Ruftaster
Pneumatic call switch
00 8800 22, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0)
P3
Einbaudose Hohlwand (17 5100 00),
Mittenversatz:
70 0106 01
Pneumatischer Ruftaster/WC
Pneumatic call switch/WC
Page 14
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
Ruftaster wg, Best.-Nr. 70 0111 00
Zwei rote Ruftasten mit gleicher Funktion zum Ausl&ouml;sen von Normalrufen oder Notrufen.
Call switch wp, order no. 70 0111 00
Two red call buttons with identical function for raising normal calls or emergency calls.
Ruftaster/WC wg, Best.-Nr. 70 0111 01
Zwei rote Ruftasten mit gleicher Funktion zum Ausl&ouml;sen von WC-Rufen oder WC-Notrufen.
Call switch/WC wp, order no. 70 0111 01
Two red call buttons with identical function for raising WC calls or WC emergency calls.
Alarmtaster wg, Best.-Nr. 70 0114 00
Zwei blaue Alarmtasten zum Ausl&ouml;sen von Alarmen durch das Personal. Vor der
Alarmausl&ouml;sung muss die Schutzklappe nach oben geklappt werden.
Code blue/Cardiac alarm switch wp, order no. 70 0114 00
Two blue code blue/cardiac alarm buttons with identical function for raising codes
blue/cardiac alarms by the staff. Protection cover must be lift before pressing a button.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
1*
2
3*
Mounting
4
Einbaudose
5
Montagerahmen
Anschlussklemme (70 0807 00) 6
Tastergeh&auml;use mit Leiterplatte (vormontiert)
Schutzklappe (nur Alarmtaster)
Klemmkralle (bei fehlender Schraubm&ouml;glichkeit)
1*
2
3*
Back box
Mounting frame
Connector (70 0807 00)
4
5
6
Switch housing with pre-installed printed circuit board
Protection cover (Code blue/Cardiac alarm switch only)
Fixing clamp (if screw fixing is not possible)
* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.
* not included with product delivery.
1. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 3 durch den Montagerahmen 2 ziehen.
2. Montagerahmen 2 an den Schraubpunkten der Einbaudose 1 verschrauben. Bei
fehlender Schraubm&ouml;glichkeit dient die Klemmkralle 6 zur Befestigung des
Montagerahmens. Klemmkralle nicht f&uuml;r Hohlwanddosen geeignet.
3. Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte im Tastergeh&auml;use 4
stecken.
4. Tastergeh&auml;use 4 &uuml;ber den Montagerahmen 2 dr&uuml;cken und einrasten lassen.
5. Schutzklappe 5 (nur bei Best.-Nr. 70 0114 00) auf das Tastergeh&auml;use setzen und an
den oberen beiden Einkerbungen einrasten lassen.
1. Pull the cable-connected connector 3 through the mounting frame 2.
2. Screw the mounting frame 2 to the back box 1. If screw fixing is not possible, use the
fixing clamp 6 to fix the mounting frame to the box. The fixing clamp cannot be used
with back boxes for partition walls.
3. Plug the connector 3 into the socket on the printed circuit board within the switch
housing 4 .
4. Push and lock in the switch housing 4 onto the mounting frame 2.
5. Fit the protection cover 5 (only relevant to order no. 70 0114 00) over the switch housing
and lock in the upper notches .
Anschluss Zimmernetzwerk (RAN) ohne Sprechen
Connection of room area network (RAN) without speech
B (lack) = 0V schwarz
Y (ellow) = RAN gelb
vom RAN−Teilnehmer
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
R (ed) = +24 V rot
B (lack) = 0V
B
Y
R
B
Y
R
Y (ellow) = RAN
from RAN user
R (ed) = +24 V
Channel coding
Kanalcodierung
Nur wenn die Bildung von Funktionseinheiten gew&uuml;nscht ist, m&uuml;ssen die Taster
verschiedenen Kan&auml;len zugeordnet werden. Hierzu muss die Leiterplatte im Tastergeh&auml;use
4 freigelegt werden.
Only if functional units are requested, the switches have to be assigned to different
channels. For this the printed circuit board (PCB) within the switch housing 4 must be
exposed.
l Zum Freilegen der Leiterplatte die Rasthaken der Kunststoffkappe einzeln vorsichtig
l&ouml;sen.
l Die Kanalnummern werden an einer markierten Stelle auf der Leiterplatte (P1, P2, P3)
durch Trennen (Messer) bzw. Verbinden (L&ouml;ten) eingestellt. Werkseitig ist immer die
Kanalnummer 0 eingestellt.
Die einzustellende Kanalnummer entnehmen Sie dem Installationsplan.
l To expose the PCB, carefully unlock each locking nose separately from the plastic
cover.
l The channel number is configured at the position marked on the PCB (P1, P2, P3) by
breaking the links (cutter) or reconnecting (solder). The product is pre-set on channel 0.
For the channel number to be set please refer to the installation plan.
Beispiel Kanalnummer 6:
P2 und P3 trennen
Example channel number 6:
Break links P2 and P3
= L&ouml;tpunkt
Zum Wiederverbinden
getrennter Leitungen
=6
= werkseitig verbunden
= Solder point
to reconnect a broken link
=6
= pre−set link
= broken link
= getrennt
Demontage
Dismantling
1. Schraubendreher an einer der beiden Rastnasen ansetzen und Tastergeh&auml;use
abheben.
2. Schrauben am Montagerahmen 2 l&ouml;sen.
3. Anschlussklemme 3 abziehen.
1. Using a screw driver, prize the switch cover from above or below away from the
mounting frame.
2. Unscrew the mounting frame 2 .
3. Remove the connector 3.
P1 P2 P3
3
1
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
4
2
6
5
70 0111 00
Ruftaster wg
Call switch wp
00 8802 00, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0)
rot / red
70 0111 01
Ruftaster/WC wg
Call switch/WC wp
Product leaflets:
Page 15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Kanalnummer
Channel number
rot / red
70 0114 00
Alarmtaster wg
Code blue/Cardiac alarm switch wp
blau / blue
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
Anwesenheitstaster wg, Best.-Nr. 70 0112 00
Zwei verschiedene Anwesenheitstasten zum Ein- und Ausschalten der
Personalanwesenheit von zwei verschiedenen Personalgruppen.
Gr&uuml;n: Anwesenheit 1, Gelb: Anwesenheit 2
Staff presence switch wp, order no. 70 0112 00
Two different presence buttons for activating and deactivating staff presence of two different
staff groups.
Green: Staff presence 1, Yellow: Staff presence two
Abstelltaster/WC wg, Best.-Nr. 70 0113 00
Zwei graue Abstelltasten mit gleicher Funktion zur lokalen Abstellung von WC-Rufen oder
WC-Notrufen. Vorzugsweise zur Abstellung von Rufen aus WC-R&auml;umen, die
Patientenzimmern zugeordnet sind.
Cancel switch/WC wp, order no. 70 0113 00
Two grey cancel buttons with identical function for locally cancelling WC calls or WC
emergency calls. Preferably for calls from WC rooms en-suite to a patient room.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
1*
2
3*
Mounting
4
Einbaudose
5
Montagerahmen
Anschlussklemme (70 0807 00)
Tastergeh&auml;use mit Leiterplatte (vormontiert)
Klemmkralle (bei fehlender Schraubm&ouml;glichkeit)
1*
2
3*
Back box
Mounting frame
Connector (70 0807 00)
4
5
Switch housing with pre-installed printed circuit board
Fixing clamp (if screw fixing is not possible)
* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.
* not included with product delivery.
1. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 3 durch den Montagerahmen 2 ziehen.
2. Montagerahmen 2 an den Schraubpunkten der Einbaudose 1 verschrauben. Bei
fehlender Schraubm&ouml;glichkeit dient die Klemmkralle 5 zur Befestigung des
Montagerahmens. Klemmkralle nicht f&uuml;r Hohlwanddosen geeignet.
3. Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte im Tastergeh&auml;use 4
stecken.
4. Tastergeh&auml;use 4 &uuml;ber den Montagerahmen 2 dr&uuml;cken und einrasten lassen.
1. Pull the cable-connected connector 3 through the mounting frame 2.
2. Screw the mounting frame 2 to the back box 1.
If screw fixing is not possible, use the fixing clamp 5 to fix the mounting frame to the
box. The fixing clamp cannot be used with back boxes for partition walls.
3. Plug the connector 3 into the socket on the printed circuit board within the switch
housing 4.
4. Push and lock in the switch housing 4 onto the mounting frame 2.
Anschluss Zimmernetzwerk (RAN) ohne Sprechen
Connection of room area network (RAN) without speech
B (lack) = 0V schwarz
vom RAN−Teilnehmer
B (lack) = 0V
B
Y
R
Y (ellow) = RAN gelb
R (ed) = +24 V rot
B
Y
R
Y (ellow) = RAN
from RAN user
R (ed) = +24 V
Channel coding
Kanalcodierung
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
Nur wenn die Bildung von Funktionseinheiten gew&uuml;nscht ist, m&uuml;ssen die Taster
verschiedenen Kan&auml;len zugeordnet werden. Hierzu muss die Leiterplatte im Tastergeh&auml;use
4 freigelegt werden.
Only if functional units are requested, the switches have to be assigned to different
channels. For this the printed circuit board (PCB) within the switch housing 4 must be
exposed.
l Zum Freilegen der Leiterplatte die Rasthaken der Kunststoffkappe einzeln vorsichtig
l&ouml;sen.
l Die Kanalnummern werden an einer markierten Stelle auf der Leiterplatte (P1, P2, P3)
durch Trennen (Messer) bzw. Verbinden (L&ouml;ten) eingestellt. Werkseitig ist immer die
Kanalnummer 0 eingestellt.
Die einzustellende Kanalnummer entnehmen Sie dem Installationsplan.
l To expose the PCB, carefully unlock each locking nose separately from the plastic
cover.
l The channel number is configured at the position marked on the PCB (P1, P2, P3) by
breaking the links (cutter) or reconnecting (solder). The product is pre-set on channel 0.
For the channel number to be set please refer to the installation plan.
Beispiel Kanalnummer 6:
P2 und P3 trennen
Example channel number 6:
Break links P2 and P3
= L&ouml;tpunkt
Zum Wiederverbinden
getrennter Leitungen
=6
= werkseitig verbunden
= Solder point
to reconnect a broken link
=6
= pre−set link
= broken link
= getrennt
Demontage
Dismantling
1. Schraubendreher an einer der beiden Rastnasen ansetzen und Tastergeh&auml;use
abheben.
2. Schrauben am Montagerahmen 2 l&ouml;sen.
3. Anschlussklemme 3 abziehen.
1. Using a screw driver, prize the switch cover from above or below away from the
mounting frame.
2. Unscrew the mounting frame 2 .
3. Remove the connector 3.
P1 P2 P3
3
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
1
4
2
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Kanalnummer
Channel number
70 0112 00
Anwesenheitstaster wg
Staff presence switch wp
00 8802 01, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0)
Product leaflets:
gr&uuml;n / green
gelb / yellow
Page 16
70 0113 00
Abstelltaster/WC wg
Cancel switch/WC wp
grau / grey
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
Rufzugtaster wg, Best.-Nr. 70 0115 00
Taster zur Rufausl&ouml;sung durch Tast− oder Zugbet&auml;tigung.
Pull cord call switch wp, order no. 70 0115 00
One call button as well as a pull cord for raising a call.
Rufzugtaster/WC wg, Best.-Nr. 70 0115 01
wie 70 0115 00, jedoch f&uuml;r WC−Rufe bzw. WC−Notrufe.
Pull cord call switch/WC wp, order no. 70 0115 01
as 70 0115 00, but for WC calls or WC emergency calls.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Wandmontage / Deckenmontage
Wall installation / Ceiling installation
Wandmontage: siehe Abbildung A1.
Wall installation: Refer to figure A1.
Deckenmontage: ACHTUNG: Die Rufschnur muss von der Zugtaster-Haube 6 in Richtung
des Tastergeh&auml;uses 5 gezogen werden. Eine andere Zugrichtung verhindert die
Rufausl&ouml;sung (Abbildung A3). Achten Sie deshalb darauf, dass die Zugtaster-Haube von
der Zugrichtung (z.B. Badewanne) abgewandt ist (Abbildung A2).
Wenn eine Raumwand in der N&auml;he ist, richten Sie die Zugtaster-Haube 6 in Richtung der
Wand aus. Das Tastergeh&auml;use 5 ist dann von der Wand abgewandt. Eine problemlose
Rufausl&ouml;sung ist gew&auml;hrleistet.
Ceiling installation: ATTENTION: The pull cord has to be pulled away from the pull cord
switch bonnet 6 into the direction of the switch housing 5. Another pull direction prevents a
call activation (figure A3). Therefore pay attention, that the pull cord bonnet is turned away
from the pull direction (eg. bathtub) (figure A2).
If a room wall is near, turn the pull cord switch bonnet 6 into the direction of the wall. Then
the switch housing 5 is turned away from the wall. A correct call activation is guaranteed.
Mounting
Montage
1*
2
3
4*
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
Einbaudose
Zugtaster−Basis
Montagerahmen
Anschlussklemme (70 0807 00)
5
6
7
8
Tastergeh&auml;use mit Leiterplatte (vormontiert)
Zugtaster−Haube
Rufschnur
Rufgriff
* nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.
1*
2
3
4*
5
6
7
8
Back box
Pull cord switch base
Mounting frame
Connector (70 0807 00)
Switch housing with pre-installed PCB
Pull cord switch bonnet
Pull cord
Red cord grip * not included in product delivery.
1. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 4 durch die Zugtaster-Basis 2 und den
Montagerahmen 3 ziehen.
Einbaurichtung von Zugtaster-Basis und Montagerahmen beachten, siehe Abbildung B!
2. Montagerahmen 3 auf die Zugtaster-Basis 2 dr&uuml;cken.
3. Zugtaster-Basis 2 inkl. Montagerahmen 3 mit vier Schrauben und D&uuml;beln an die Wand
schrauben. Eine Befestigung in der Einbaudose ist nicht ausreichend!
4. Anschlussklemme 4 in die eingebaute Buchse am Taster 5 stecken.
5. Tastergeh&auml;use 5 auf den Montagerahmen 3 dr&uuml;cken, bis es einrastet.
Einbaurichtung beachten! Das hei&szlig;t, Symbole korrekt orientieren.
6. Die Zugtaster-Haube 6 von oben auf den Taster schieben, bis sie einrastet.
7. Die Rufschnur 7 auf die gew&uuml;nschte L&auml;nge k&uuml;rzen und im Rufgriff 8 neu verknoten.
1. Pull the pre-assembled connector 4 through the pull cord switch base 2 and the
mounting frame 3. Take into account the correct orientation of the pull cord switch base
and of the mounting frame as shown in figure B!
2. Press the mounting frame 3 onto the pull cord switch base 2.
3. Screw the pull cord switch base 2 incl. the mounting frame 3 on the wall using four
screws and dowels. A fixing onto the back box is not stable enough!
4. Plug the connector 4 into the socket on the switch housing 5.
5. Push and lock in the switch housing 5 onto the mounting frame 3.
Note the orientation! I.e. place the symbols in the correct direction.
6. Push and lock the pull cord switch bonnet 6 from above onto the switch.
7. If needed, shorten the cord 7 to length and fix the grip 8 by tying a knot accordingly.
Anschluss Zimmernetzwerk (RAN) ohne Sprechen
Connection of room area network (RAN) without speech
B (lack) = 0V schwarz
Y (ellow) = RAN gelb
vom RAN−Teilnehmer
R (ed) = +24 V rot
B
Y
R
B(lack) = 0V
Y(ellow) = RAN
from RAN
Kanalcodierung
R(ed) = +24 V
B
Y
R
Channel coding
Nur wenn die Bildung von Funktionseinheiten gew&uuml;nscht ist, m&uuml;ssen die Taster
verschiedenen Kan&auml;len zugeordnet werden. Hierzu muss die Leiterplatte im Tastergeh&auml;use
5 freigelegt werden. Zum Freilegen der Leiterplatte die Rasthaken der Kunststoffkappe
einzeln vorsichtig l&ouml;sen. Die Kanalnummern werden an einer markierten Stelle auf der
Leiterplatte (P1, P2, P3) durch Trennen (Messer) bzw. Verbinden (L&ouml;ten) eingestellt.
Werkseitig ist immer die Kanalnummer 0 eingestellt.
Only if functional units are requested, the call switches have to be assigned to different channels. For this the printed circuit board (PCB) within the switch housing 5 must be exposed. To
expose the PCB, carefully unlock each locking nose separately from the plastic cover. The
channel number is configured at the position marked on the PCB (P1, P2, P3) by breaking the
links (cutter) or reconnecting (solder). The product is pre-set on channel 0.
For the channel number to be set, please refer to the appropriate installation drawing.
Die einzustellende Kanalnummer entnehmen Sie dem Installationsplan.
Beispiel Kanalnummer 6:
P2 und P3 trennen
Example channel number 6:
Break links P2 and P3
= L&ouml;tpunkt
Zum Wiederverbinden
getrennter Leitungen
=6
= werkseitig verbunden
= pre−set link
= broken link
= getrennt
Demontage
Dismantling
1. Zugtaster-Haube 6 nach oben abschieben. Zum L&ouml;sen des Scharniers evtl. von unten
seitlich gegen die Zugtaster-Haube schlagen.
2. Tastergeh&auml;use 5 mit Schraubendreher vom Montagerahmen 3 abhebeln.
3. Anschlussklemme 4 abziehen.
4. Befestigungsschrauben von Montagerahmen 3 und Zugtaster-Basis 2 l&ouml;sen.
5. Montagerahmen 3 von Zugtaster-Basis 2 abheben.
&Iuml;&Iuml;&Iuml;&Iuml;&Iuml;
&Iuml;&Iuml;&Iuml;&Iuml;
&Iuml;
&Iuml;
&Iuml;
&Agrave;&Agrave;
&Iuml;
&Agrave;&Agrave;
&Iuml; &Agrave;&Agrave;&Agrave;
&Agrave;&Agrave;&Agrave;
5
6
P1 P2 P3
6
7
7
Verboten!
Forbidden!
A2
1. Remove up the pull cord switch bonnet 6. To release the hinges you may beat lateral
from below against the pull cord switch bonnet.
2. Using a screw driver, lift the switch housing 5 from the mounting frame 3.
3. Remove the connector 4.
4. Unscrew the fixing screws from the mounting frame 3 and the pull cord switch base 2.
5. Lift the mounting frame 3 from the pull cord switch base 2.
5
6
7
A1
= Solder point
to reconnect a broken link
=6
8
4
1
A3
2
3
70 0115 00
Rufzugtaster wg
Pull cord call switch wp
00 8802 04, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0)
70 0115 01
Rufzugtaster/WC wg
Pull cord call switch/WC wp
Product leaflets:
Page 17
5
0 =
1 =
2 =
3 =
4 =
5 =
6 =
7 =
Kanalnummer
Channel number
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
Ruftaster/WC mit Abstelltaste wg, Best.-Nr. 70 0117 00
Rote Ruftaste und graue Abstelltaste zum Ausl&ouml;sen und Abstellen von WC−Rufen und
WC−Notrufen. Ruftaste mit Beruhigungslicht und Findelicht.
Call switch/WC with cancel switch wp, order no. 70 0117 00
Red call button and grey cancel button for raising and cancelling WC calls and WC
emergency calls. Call button with reassurance light and location light.
Ruftaster mit Privattaste wg, Best.-Nr. 70 0118 00
Rote Ruftaste mit Beruhigungslicht und Findelicht zur Rufausl&ouml;sung. Graue Privattaste zur
lokalen Schaltung der Mith&ouml;rsperre.
Call switch with privacy switch, order no. 70 0118 00
Red call button with reassurance light and location light for raising calls. Grey privacy
button for local switching of privacy.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
1*
2
3*
Mounting
4
Einbaudose
5
Montagerahmen
Anschlussklemme (70 0807 00)
Tastergeh&auml;use mit Leiterplatte (vormontiert)
Klemmkralle (bei fehlender Schraubm&ouml;glichkeit)
1*
2
3*
Back box
Mounting frame
Connector (70 0807 00)
4
5
Switch housing with pre-installed printed circuit board
Fixing clamp (if screw fixing is not possible)
* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.
* not included with product delivery.
1. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 3 durch den Montagerahmen 2 ziehen.
2. Montagerahmen 2 an den Schraubpunkten der Einbaudose 1 verschrauben. Bei
fehlender Schraubm&ouml;glichkeit dient die Klemmkralle 5 zur Befestigung des
Montagerahmens. Klemmkralle nicht f&uuml;r Hohlwanddosen geeignet.
3. Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte im Tastergeh&auml;use 4
stecken.
4. Tastergeh&auml;use 4 &uuml;ber den Montagerahmen 2 dr&uuml;cken und einrasten lassen.
1. Pull the cable-connected connector 3 through the mounting frame 2.
2. Screw the mounting frame 2 to the back box 1. If screw fixing is not possible, use the
fixing clamp 5 to fix the mounting frame to the box. The fixing clamp cannot be used
with back boxes for partition walls.
3. Plug the connector 3 into the socket on the printed circuit board within the switch
housing 4.
4. Push and lock in the switch housing 4 onto the mounting frame 2.
Anschluss Zimmernetzwerk (RAN) ohne Sprechen
Connection of room area network (RAN) without speech
B (lack) = 0V schwarz
vom RAN−Teilnehmer
B (lack) = 0V
B
Y
R
Y (ellow) = RAN gelb
R (ed) = +24 V rot
B
Y
R
Y (ellow) = RAN
from RAN user
R (ed) = +24 V
Channel coding
Kanalcodierung
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
Nur wenn die Bildung von Funktionseinheiten gew&uuml;nscht ist, m&uuml;ssen die Taster
verschiedenen Kan&auml;len zugeordnet werden. Hierzu muss die Leiterplatte im Tastergeh&auml;use
4 freigelegt werden.
Only if functional units are requested, the switches have to be assigned to different
channels. For this the printed circuit board (PCB) within the switch housing 4 must be
exposed.
l Zum Freilegen der Leiterplatte die Rasthaken der Kunststoffkappe einzeln vorsichtig
l&ouml;sen.
l Die Kanalnummern werden an einer markierten Stelle auf der Leiterplatte (P1, P2, P3)
durch Trennen (Messer) bzw. Verbinden (L&ouml;ten) eingestellt. Werkseitig ist immer die
Kanalnummer 0 eingestellt.
Die einzustellende Kanalnummer entnehmen Sie dem Installationsplan.
l To expose the PCB, carefully unlock each locking nose separately from the plastic
cover.
l The channel number is configured at the position marked on the PCB (P1, P2, P3) by
breaking the links (cutter) or reconnecting (solder). The product is pre-set on channel 0.
For the channel number to be set please refer to the installation plan.
Beispiel Kanalnummer 6:
P2 und P3 trennen
Example channel number 6:
Break links P2 and P3
= L&ouml;tpunkt
Zum Wiederverbinden
getrennter Leitungen
=6
= werkseitig verbunden
= Solder point
to reconnect a broken link
=6
= pre−set link
= broken link
= getrennt
Demontage
Dismantling
1. Schraubendreher an einer der beiden Rastnasen ansetzen und Tastergeh&auml;use
abheben.
2. Schrauben am Montagerahmen 2 l&ouml;sen.
3. Anschlussklemme 3 abziehen.
1. Using a screw driver, prize the switch cover from above or below away from the
mounting frame.
2. Unscrew the mounting frame 2 .
3. Remove the connector 3.
P1 P2 P3
3
1
4
2
5
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Kanalnummer
Channel number
70 0117 00
Ruftaster/WC mit Abstelltaste wg
Call switch/WC with cancel switch wp
00 8802 02, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0)
Product leaflets:
rot / red
grau / grey
Page 18
70 0118 00
Ruftaster mit Privattaste wg
Call switch with privacy switch wp
rot / red
grau / grey
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
Anwesenheits-Kombination mit Rufton wg, Best.-Nr. 70 0119 00
Gr&uuml;ne Anwesenheitstaste mit integriertem Erinnerungslicht zum Ein- und Ausschalten der
Personalanwesenheit. Rote Ruftaste mit Beruhigungslicht und Findelicht zum Ausl&ouml;sen von
Rufen. Signalgeber zur akustischen Signalisierung nachgesendeter Rufe.
Staff presence combination with call tone wp, order no. 70 0119 00
Green presence button with integrated reminder light for activating and deactivating of staff
presence. Red call button with reassurance light and location light for raising calls. Tone
generator for acoustic signalling of forwarded calls.
Abstelltaster/WC mit Rufton wg, Best.-Nr. 70 0183 00
Zwei graue Abstelltasten mit integriertem Erinnerungslicht zur lokalen Abstellung von
WC-Rufen und WC-Notrufen. Signalgeber zur akustischen Signalisierung nachgesendeter
Rufe. Vorzugsweise zur separaten Abstellung von Rufen aus WC−R&auml;umen, die
Patientenzimmern zugeordnet sind.
Cancel switch/WC with call tone, order no. 70 0183 00
Two grey cancel buttons with integrated reminder light for local cancelling of WC calls and
WC emergency calls. Tone generator for acoustic signalling of forwarded calls. Preferably
for cancelling of calls in WC rooms en−suite to apatient rooms.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
1*
2
3*
Mounting
4
Einbaudose
5
Montagerahmen
Anschlussklemme (70 0807 00)
Tastergeh&auml;use mit Leiterplatte (vormontiert)
Klemmkralle (bei fehlender Schraubm&ouml;glichkeit)
1*
2
3*
Back box
Mounting frame
Connector (70 0807 00)
4
5
Switch housing with pre-installed printed circuit board
Fixing clamp (if screw fixing is not possible)
* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.
* not included with product delivery.
1. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 3 durch den Montagerahmen 2 ziehen.
2. Montagerahmen 2 an den Schraubpunkten der Einbaudose 1 verschrauben. Bei
fehlender Schraubm&ouml;glichkeit dient die Klemmkralle 5 zur Befestigung des
Montagerahmens. Klemmkralle nicht f&uuml;r Hohlwanddosen geeignet.
3. Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte im Tastergeh&auml;use 4
stecken.
4. Tastergeh&auml;use 4 &uuml;ber den Montagerahmen 2 dr&uuml;cken und einrasten lassen.
1. Pull the cable-connected connector 3 through the mounting frame 2.
2. Screw the mounting frame 2 to the back box 1. If screw fixing is not possible, use the
fixing clamp 5 to fix the mounting frame to the box. The fixing clamp cannot be used
with back boxes for partition walls.
3. Plug the connector 3 into the socket on the printed circuit board within the switch
housing 4.
4. Push and lock in the switch housing 4 onto the mounting frame 2.
Anschluss Zimmernetzwerk (RAN) ohne Sprechen
Connection of room area network (RAN) without speech
B (lack) = 0V schwarz
vom RAN−Teilnehmer
B (lack) = 0V
B
Y
R
Y (ellow) = RAN gelb
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
R (ed) = +24 V rot
B
Y
R
Y (ellow) = RAN
from RAN user
R (ed) = +24 V
Channel coding
Kanalcodierung
Nur wenn die Bildung von Funktionseinheiten gew&uuml;nscht ist, m&uuml;ssen die Taster
verschiedenen Kan&auml;len zugeordnet werden. Hierzu muss die Leiterplatte im Tastergeh&auml;use
4 freigelegt werden.
Only if functional units are requested, the switches have to be assigned to different
channels. For this the printed circuit board (PCB) within the switch housing 4 must be
exposed.
l Zum Freilegen der Leiterplatte die Rasthaken der Kunststoffkappe einzeln vorsichtig
l&ouml;sen.
l Die Kanalnummern werden an einer markierten Stelle auf der Leiterplatte (P1, P2, P3)
durch Trennen (Messer) bzw. Verbinden (L&ouml;ten) eingestellt. Werkseitig ist immer die
Kanalnummer 0 eingestellt.
Die einzustellende Kanalnummer entnehmen Sie dem Installationsplan.
l To expose the PCB, carefully unlock each locking nose separately from the plastic
cover.
l The channel number is configured at the position marked on the PCB (P1, P2, P3) by
breaking the links (cutter) or reconnecting (solder). The product is pre-set on channel 0.
For the channel number to be set please refer to the installation plan.
Beispiel Kanalnummer 6:
P2 und P3 trennen
Example channel number 6:
Break links P2 and P3
=6
= werkseitig verbunden
= L&ouml;tpunkt
Zum Wiederverbinden
getrennter Leitungen
= Solder point
to reconnect a broken link
=6
= pre−set link
= broken link
= getrennt
Demontage
Dismantling
1. Schraubendreher an einer der beiden Rastnasen ansetzen und Tastergeh&auml;use
abheben.
2. Schrauben am Montagerahmen 2 l&ouml;sen.
3. Anschlussklemme 3 abziehen.
1. Using a screw driver, prize the switch cover from above or below away from the
mounting frame.
2. Unscrew the mounting frame 2 .
3. Remove the connector 3.
P1 P2 P3
3
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
1
4
2
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Kanalnummer
Channel number
70 0119 00
Anwesenheits−Kombination mit Rufton wg
Staff presence combination with call tone wp
00 8802 03, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0)
Product leaflets:
gr&uuml;n / green
rot / red
Page 19
70 0183 00
Abstelltaster/WC mit Rufton wg
Cancel switch/WC with call tone wp
grau / grey
Product leaflets:
Page 20
13. Product leaflets
13..3
Room terminals
74 0510 00
ComTerminal
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Product leaflets:
Page 21
Appendix
Installationsanleitung
D
ComTerminal, Best.-Nr. 74 0510 00
Universelles Kommunikationsterminal in Gegensprechtechnik inkl. rote Ruftaste, blaue
Alarmtaste, gr&uuml;ne Anwesenheitstaste (AW1), gelbe Anwesenheitstaste (AW2),
4 Funktionstasten mit situationsabh&auml;ngiger Belegung, Mikrofon und Lautsprecher.
Installation Instructions
ComTerminal, order no. 74 0510 00
Universal communication terminal with two−way speech communication, incl. red call
button, blue code blue/cardiac alarm button, green presence button (staff 1), yellow
presence button (staff 2), 4 function keys as soft keys, microphone and loudspeaker.
Attention! For installation in Flamenco System you must also follow the
installation instructions (order no. 00 8802 38) for the printed circuit board
OSYlink-ComTerminal (order nor. 77 0805 00).
Achtung! Bei Installation im System Flamenco m&uuml;ssen Sie zus&auml;tzlich die
Installationsanleitung (Best.-Nr. 00 8802 38) zu der Leiterplatte
OSYlink-ComTerminal (Best.-Nr. 77 0805 00) befolgen.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen Handbuch
beschrieben.
1*
2
3
Einbaudose mit montierter
Steckvorrichtung
Terminal-R&uuml;ckwand
Flachkabel
4
5
6
* ist
Terminal-Frontteil
Scharnier
Rastnase
nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
1*
2
3
Demontage
1. If a screw is fitted into the base of the ComTerminal, remove it.
2. Use a screwdriver to push the catch 6 upwards until the front panel 4 looses.
3. Hold the front panel at the bottom and lift until it releases at the hinge 5.
Mounting
Montage
Beachten Sie beim Setzen der Einbaudosen den Platzbedarf
des Terminals. Vom Mittelpunkt der Dose muss nach oben und
unten ein Platzbedarf von mindestens 150 mm vorgesehen
werden.
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
150 mm
4
Front panel
5
Hinge
6
Catch
* not included
Back box with mounted
connection socket
Pattress
Flat cable
Dismantling
1. Falls eine Schraube unten am ComTerminal eingeschraubt ist, die Schraube l&ouml;sen.
2. Mit dem Schraubendreher Rastnase 6 vorsichtig nach oben dr&uuml;cken, bis sich das
Terminal−Frontteil 4 l&ouml;st.
3. Das Terminal−Frontteil mit der Hand am Scharnier 5 abhebeln und nach oben
abnehmen.
150 mm
GB
150
When installing the back box consider the space required for
the complete terminal. Measuring from the centre of the box,
the available space must be at least 150 mm above and below.
150
1. Die vier Befestigungsschrauben der Steckvorrichtung ein St&uuml;ck herausdrehen.
2. Flachkabel 3 durch die Terminal-R&uuml;ckwand 2 f&uuml;hren und in die zugeh&ouml;rige Buchse auf
der Steckvorrichtung 1 stecken.
3. Terminal−R&uuml;ckwand 2 auf die Befestigungsschrauben der Steckvorrichtung aufsetzen
und festschrauben.
4. Terminal−Frontteil 4 oben auf die Terminal−R&uuml;ckwand 2 aufsetzen, so dass ein Scharnier
5 entsteht. Anschlie&szlig;end das Terminal−Frontteil auf die Terminal−R&uuml;ckwand
herunterdr&uuml;cken, bis die Rastnase 6 einrastet.
5. Zur Sicherung kann eine Schraube (3 x 13 mm f&uuml;r Kunststoff) unten in die Bohrung
eingeschraubt werden.
Abschlie&szlig;end muss das ComTerminal konfiguriert werden (siehe Seite
Konfigurationsanleitung&quot;) .
Wahlweise: Befestigung mit D&uuml;beln
1. Loosen the four fixing screws of the connection socket.
2. Insert the flat cable 3 through the pattress 2 and plug it into the appropriate socket on
the connection socket 1.
3. Place the pattress 2 on the connection socket and tighten the fixing screws.
4. Place front panel 4 onto the top of the pattress 2 creating a hinge 5. Now press the front
panel downwards onto the pattress until the catch 6 engages.
5. For improved security a screw (3 x 13 mm for plastics) can be fitted into the hole in the
base of the ComTerminal.
Finally the ComTerminal has to be configured (see page Configuration Instructions&quot;).
Option: Fixing with dowels
F&uuml;r eine stabilere Befestigung kann das ComTerminal mit D&uuml;beln und Schrauben befestigt
werden. Hierzu verf&uuml;gt die Terminal-R&uuml;ckwand &uuml;ber vier spezielle Bohrungen.
For more stable fixing the ComTerminal can be fixed with dowels and screws. For this
purpose there are special holes in the pattress.
5
5
1
1. Schritt
1. Step
1
3
6
2. Schritt
2. Step
2
6
Option
Variante
2
4
74 0510 00
ComTerminal
00 8802 05, 08/06 (Rev. 3.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 22
Konfigurationsanleitung
D
ComTerminal, Best.-Nr. 74 0510 00
Universelles Kommunikationsterminal in Gegensprechtechnik inkl. rote Ruftaste, blaue
Alarmtaste, gr&uuml;ne Anwesenheitstaste (AW1), gelbe Anwesenheitstaste (AW2), 4
Funktionstasten mit situationsabh&auml;ngiger Belegung, Mikrofon und Lautsprecher.
Configuration Instructions
GB
ComTerminal, order no. 74 0510 00
Universal communication terminal with two−way speech communication, incl. red call
button, blue code blue/cardiac alarm button, green presence button (staff 1), yellow
presence button (staff 2), 4 function keys as soft keys, microphone and loudspeaker.
1. Konfigurationsmen&uuml; starten
1. Start configuration menu
l Oberste und unterste der 4 Funktionstasten gleichzeitig so lange (5 Sek.) gedr&uuml;ckt
halten, bis &quot;Konfiguration&quot; im Display erscheint. Bedeutung der Symbole:
~
= Men&uuml;punkt ausw&auml;hlen
+
= Gr&ouml;&szlig;eren Wert einstellen
–
= Kleineren Wert einstellen
X
= Konfigurationsmen&uuml; verlassen (und Einstellungen speichern)
l Press the top and bottom function keys simultaneously (5 sec.) until &quot;Configuration&quot; is
shown in the display. Symbol meanings:
~
= Select menu item
+
= Increase shown value
–
= Decrease shown value
X
= Exit configuration menu (and store settings)
2. Einstellungen vornehmen
2. Entering of settings
Sprache einstellen
l So oft &quot;~&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis &quot;Sprache&quot; erscheint.
l So oft &quot;+&quot; oder &quot;–&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis gew&uuml;nschte Sprache erscheint: D = Deutsch, GB =
Englisch, E = Spanisch, F = Franz&ouml;sisch, NL = Niederl&auml;ndisch, I = Italienisch
Selecting the user language
l Press &quot;~&quot; until &quot;Language&quot; is shown.
l Press &quot;+&quot; or &quot;–&quot; until the desired language is shown
D = German; GB = English; E = Spanish; F = French; NL = Dutch; I = Italian
Raumtyp einstellen
l So oft &quot;~&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis &quot;Raumtyp&quot; erscheint.
l So oft &quot;+&quot; oder &quot;–&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis gew&uuml;nschter Raumtyp erscheint:
− Patientenzimmer
− Patientenzimmer mit Abstelltaste f&uuml;r WC−Ruf im ComTerminal
− Dienstzimmer (Notrufe werden als Normalrufe signalisiert)
− Kinderzimmer (Keine Privat−Taste im ComTerminal, Mith&ouml;rsperre AUS)
− Anschlussterminal (Tasten und Display im ComTerminal au&szlig;er Betrieb)
Selecting the room type
l Press &quot;~&quot; until &quot;Room type&quot; is shown
l Press &quot;+&quot; or &quot;–&quot; until the desired room type is shown:
− Patient room
− Patient room with cancel key for WC call at ComTerminal
− Staff room (emergency calls are signalled as normal calls)
− Children’s room (no &quot;Private’&quot; key at ComTerminal, Privacy OFF)
− Connection terminal (keys and display at ComTerminal non−operational)
Zimmer−Adresse einstellen (01 − 63)
l So oft &quot;~&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis &quot;Adresse&quot; erscheint.
l So oft &quot;+&quot; oder &quot;–&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis gew&uuml;nschte Adresse erscheint.
Setting of room address (01 − 63)
l Press &quot;~&quot; until &quot;Address&quot; is shown.
l Press &quot;+&quot; or &quot;–&quot; until the desired address is shown.
RAN Anzahl einstellen (00 − 30)
RAN Anzahl = Anzahl Zimmerger&auml;te (Taster, Steckvorrichtungen, Zimmerleuchten etc.), die
am ComTerminal &uuml;ber RAN angeschlossen sind (Kein Birntaster, keine PBK Hand).
Achtung, Ausnahme! Eine 4-teilige Zimmerleuchte (Best.-Nr. 77 0170 10 oder 77 0171 10)
gilt als zwei Zimmerger&auml;te.
Setting of RAN number (00 − 30) (Room Area Network)
RAN number = Number of devices in the room (switches, connection sockets, room lamps,
etc.) which are connected to the ComTerminal via RAN .
(No pear push switch, no patient handset)
Attention, exception! One room lamp with 4 sections (order no. 77 0170 10 or 77 0171 10) is
equivalent to 2 room devices.
l So oft &quot;~&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis &quot;RAN Anzahl&quot; erscheint.
l So oft &quot;+&quot; oder &quot;–&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis gew&uuml;nschte RAN Anzahl erscheint.
3. Funktionstest durchf&uuml;hren
3. Functional test
l So oft &quot;~&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis &quot;Test CCS/Test RAN&quot; erscheint.
l Press &quot;~&quot; until &quot;Test CCS/Test RAN&quot; is shown.
Test CCS
Test, ob das ComTerminal korrekt an der Steckvorrichtung ComTerminal angeschlossen ist.
Test CCS
Test the correct connection of the ComTerminal to connection socket ComTerminal.
l Test Starten: &quot;+&quot; im Men&uuml; &quot;Test CCS/Test RAN&quot; dr&uuml;cken.
l Testergebnis wird im Display angezeigt:
[* ] Sternchen springt regelm&auml;&szlig;ig hin und her: Test o.k.!
Wenn eine andere Anzeige erfolgt, ist der Test nicht o.k.: Das ComTerminal ist nicht
korrekt an der Steckvorrichtung ComTerminal angeschlossen.
l Test beenden: Erneut &quot;+&quot; dr&uuml;cken.
l Test start: Press &quot;+&quot; in the menu &quot;Test CCS/Test RAN&quot;.
l Test result will be shown on the display.
[* ] Star moves to and fro regularly: Test o.k.
If any other indication is shown: Test not o.k.: The ComTerminal is not correctly connected to the connection socket ComTerminal.
l End of test: Press &quot;+&quot; again.
Test RAN
Test, ob Zimmerger&auml;te funktionsbereit und korrekt am RAN angeschlossen sind. Test, ob
RAN Anzahl korrekt eingestellt ist.
Test RAN
Test if room devices are ready to operate and if they are correctly connected to the RAN.
Check the correct setting of the RAN number.
l Test Starten: &quot;–&quot; im Men&uuml; &quot;Test CCS/Test RAN&quot; dr&uuml;cken.
l Die LEDs aller angeschlossenen Zimmerger&auml;te m&uuml;ssen blinken. (Ger&auml;te, die nicht
blinken, sind falsch angeschlossen oder defekt. Defekte Ger&auml;te austauschen. Falsch
angeschlossene Ger&auml;te korrekt anschlie&szlig;en)
l Pr&uuml;fen, ob Anzahl angeschlossener Zimmerger&auml;te mit RAN Anzahl im Display [XX]
&uuml;bereinstimmt. (Falls RAN Anzahl im Display falsch, diese nach dem RAN Test wie
oben beschrieben einstellen)
l Test beenden: Erneut &quot;–&quot; dr&uuml;cken.
l Test start: Press &quot;–&quot; in the menu &quot;Test CCS/Test RAN&quot;.
l The LEDs of all connected room devices must flash. (Non−flashing devices are wrongly
connected or defective. Replace defective devices. Correct any wrong connection)
l Compare the number of connected room devices with the RAN number on the display
[XX]. If the RAN number on the display is false, correct the setting after the RAN test as
described above.
l End of test: Press &quot;–&quot; again.
4. Konfigurationsmen&uuml; verlassen
4. Exit the configuration menu
Wenn keine Einstellungen mehr vorgenommen werden sollen und alle Tests beendet sind,
m&uuml;ssen Sie das Konfigurationsmen&uuml; verlassen. Dabei werden die Einstellungen
gespeichert.
When all settings are performed and all tests are finished, exit the configuration menu.
During this procedure all settings are stored.
l &quot;X&quot; (= unterste Funktionstaste) dr&uuml;cken.
Hinweis: Wenn drei Minuten keine Funktionstaste gedr&uuml;ckt wird, wird das
Konfigurationsmen&uuml; automatisch verlassen und die Einstellungen gespeichert.
l Press &quot;X&quot; (= bottom function key).
Note: If for a period of three minutes no function key is pressed, the system will leave the
configuration menu and the settings are stored.
125 mm
270 mm
74 0510 00
ComTerminal
00 8802 05, 08/06 (Rev. 3.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 23
Funktionstasten
Function keys
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
l Press &quot;~&quot; until &quot;RAN number&quot; is shown.
l Press &quot;+&quot; or &quot;–&quot; until the desired RAN figure is shown.
Product leaflets:
Page 24
13. Product leaflets
13..4
Connection sockets
70 0171 03
Connection socket with call switch
70 0424 00
Connection socket combi
70 0434 00
Connection socket combi bedhead unit
70 0491 00
Connection socket ComTerminal
74 0452 50A Connection socket ComStation
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Product leaflets:
Page 25
Appendix
Installationsanleitung
D
Steckvorrichtung mit Ruftaste, Best.-Nr. 70 0171 03
Steckvorrichtung mit zwei 8-poligen Steckbuchsen zum Anschluss von Rufger&auml;ten, wie z.B.
Birntastern oder medizinischen &Uuml;berwachungsger&auml;ten. Der Anschluss f&uuml;r ein drittes
Rufger&auml;t (externer Ruftaster) erfolgt von der R&uuml;ckseite mit einer speziellen
Anschlussleitung.
Installation Instructions
Connection socket with call switch, order no. 70 0171 03
Connection socket with two 8pole jacks for connection of call devices like pear push
switches or medical monitoring devices. The connection for a third call device (external call
switch) is made on the back side with a special connection cable.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
1*
2*
3
Mounting
Einbaudose
Anschlussklemme (70 0807 01)
Montagerahmen mit Leiterplatte (vormontiert)
4
5
Abdeckung
Klemmkralle (bei fehlender
Schaubm&ouml;glichkeit)
* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.
1. Anschlussklemme 2 in die eingebaute Buchse (gr&uuml;n) der Leiterplatte 3 stecken.
2. Wenn gew&uuml;nscht: Klemme der Anschlussleitung (50 0308 02) f&uuml;r das externe Rufger&auml;t
in die eingebaute Buchse (schwarz) auf der Leiterplatte 3 stecken.
3. Montagerahmen 3 an den Schraubpunkten der Einbaudose 1 verschrauben. Bei
fehlender Schraubm&ouml;glichkeit dient die Klemmkralle 5 zur Befestigung des
Montagerahmens. Klemmkralle nicht f&uuml;r Hohlwanddosen geeignet.
4. Abdeckung 4 &uuml;ber den Montagerahmen 3 dr&uuml;cken und einrasten lassen.
1*
2*
3
Back box
Connector (70 0807 01)
Mounting frame with
printed circuit board (pre-mounted)
4
5
Cover
Fixing clamp (if screw fixing is
not possible)
* not included in delivery.
1. Plug the connector 2 into the green socket on the printed circuit board 3.
2. If required: Plug the terminal of the connection cable (50 0308 02) for the external call
device into the black socket on the printed circuit board 3.
3. Fix the mounting frame 3 using the screwpoints of the back box 1. If screw fixing is not
possible, use the fixing clamp 5 to fix the mounting frame to the box. The fixing clamp
cannot be used with back boxes for partition walls.
4. Fit the cover 4 over the mounting frame 3 and lock it.
Connections
Anschl&uuml;sse
Zum Anschluss als externe Rufger&auml;te d&uuml;rfen nur &Ouml;ffner-Kontakte verwendet werden. Der
Anschluss erfolgt &uuml;ber die Anschlussleitung, Best.Nr. 50 0308 02 (L&auml;nge: 50 cm).
Die maximale Leitungsl&auml;nge f&uuml;r den externen Rufanschluss betr&auml;gt 2,5 m.
Bettennummer zuordnen
As external call devices only normally−closed contacts may be used. The external call
device is connected via the special connection cable, order no. 50 0308 02 (length: 50 cm).
The maximum cable length for the external call device is 2.5 m.
Assigning the bed number
&Uuml;ber den Programmierschalter 1, 2 und 3 der Leiterplatte kann die entsprechende
Bettennummer eingestellt werden.
*1 Achtung: Diagnostikruf nur in Verbindung mit eingestellter Bettennummer.
Bei Bettennummer 6 kann kein Diagnostikruf verwendet werden.
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
Demontage
The corresponding bed number can be specified by means of the coding switches 1, 2 and 3
of the printed circuit board.
*1 Attention: Diagnostic call only in combination with programmed bed number.
With bed number 6 no diagnostic call can be used.
Dismantling
1. Schraubendreher an einer der beiden Rastnasen ansetzen und Abdeckung abheben.
2. Schrauben am Montagerahmen 3 l&ouml;sen.
3. Anschlussklemme 2 abziehen.
1. Place the screwdriver in one of the two notches and take off the cover.
2. Remove the screws at the mounting frame 3.
3. Remove the connector 2.
2
B(lack) = 0V schwarz
1
5
vom RAN-Teilnehmer
from RAN user
Y(ellow) = RAN gelb
Lichtanschaltung / Light control
L (ight) = Licht wei&szlig;
R(ed) = +24 V rot
Impulsdauer / pulse duration
150 ms, 24 V DC,max. 200 mA
B(lack) = 0V schwarz
B
Y
R
L
Anschluss externes Rufger&auml;t:
Connection external call device:
2
Buchsen
jacks
Beruhigungslicht / reassurance light
3
+24V
0V
4
Rufeingang / call input
P3 P2 P1 PG NC
ON
= Bett / bed 2
50 0308 02
1 2 3 4 5
externes Rufger&auml;t
external call device
3 R&uuml;ckseite
back side
RAN + Licht
RAN &amp; light
PG = nicht ver&auml;ndern
= Bett / bed 4
NC = nicht verwendet
Factory setting
= Bett / bed 5
PG = do not change
NC = not used
Product leaflets:
= Bett / bed 3
Werkseitige Einstellung
70 0171 03
Steckvorrichtung mit Ruftaste
Connection socket with call switch
00 8800 79, 06/06 (Rev. 4.0)
= Bett / bed 1
Page 26
= Bett / bed 6 *1
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
Steckvorrichtung Kombi, Best.-Nr. 70 0424 00
Kombinierte Steckvorrichtung mit zwei unterschiedlichen Steckbuchsen zum Anschluss von
Bedien− und Rufger&auml;ten. Vorgesehen zur &Uuml;bertragung von Rufen, ELA−Programmen und
zur Steuerung von 2 Relais zur Lichtschaltung. Vorzugsweise hergestellt f&uuml;r den
Wandeinbau.
Connection socket combi, order no. 70 0424 00
A combined connection socket with two different sockets for connection of patient units and
call devices. Designed for transmission of calls, entertainment programmes and control of two
relays for light switching. Suitable for wall mounting.
Remarque! L’installation compl&egrave;te du syst&egrave;me est d&eacute;crite dans le manuel
technique.
Nota! L’installazione completa del sistema &egrave; descritta nel manuale tecnico.
Attention! La platine &eacute;lectronique contient des composants sensible &agrave; l’&egrave;ctricit&eacute;
statique. Veuillez de ce fait &eacute;viter tout contact direct.
Attenzione! La scheda elettronica contiene componenti sensibili alle scariche
elettrostatiche. Evitare contatti diretti con mani o utensili.
Montage
Mounting
1. Buchsenelement 1 in die Einbaudose stecken.
2. Montagerahmen 2 zusammen mit dem Buchsenelement auf die Einbaudose schrauben.
3. Beide Stecker 3 mit den Steckbuchsen verbinden (Stecker A in Buchse A, Stecker B in
Buchse B).
4. Abdeckplatte 4 auf den Montagerahmen 2 dr&uuml;cken.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fit the socket 1 into the back box.
Screw the mounting frame 2 together with the socket onto the back box.
Connect both plugs 3 with the sockets (A in A, B in B).
Push the cover 4 onto the mounting frame 2.
l
l
l
l
Useable wire gauges: 0.55 − 1 mm &Oslash;
Shielded wires for LS, MIC: Strip to max. 30 mm!
Insulate the guide wire (SCH) to prevent short circuiting.
Connect only one wire per terminal.
Connection
Anschluss
l
l
l
l
Verwendbare Leitungsquerschnitte: 0,55 − 1 mm &Oslash;.
Abgeschirmte Leitungen f&uuml;r LS, MIC bis auf max. 30 mm absetzen!
Zur Vermeidung von Kurzschl&uuml;ssen den Beidraht (SCH) isolieren.
Nur einen Schaltdraht pro Klemme einstecken.
Handhabung der Klemmen mit l&ouml;tfreier Anschlusstechnik nach dem Steckklemmprinzip:
1. Leiter 8 mm abisolieren.
2. Abisolierten Leiter bis zum Anschlag in die Klemme stecken.
3. Zum L&ouml;sen des Leiters einen Schraubendreher mit einer Klinge 2,5 x 0,4 mm oder 3,5 x
0,5 mm in die &Ouml;ffnung stecken und den Leiter herausziehen.
Hinweis! Zum Anschluss des Schirmdrahts Schraubendreher in die &Ouml;ffnung stecken und
Federkontakt mit dem Schraubendreher ge&ouml;ffnet halten, w&auml;hrend Sie die Schirmleitung
einf&uuml;hren. Anschlie&szlig;end korrekte Kontaktbelegung pr&uuml;fen durch Ziehen an der Leitung.
TV
In Verbindung mit der Anschaltung eines TV-Ger&auml;ts ist die Bedienung und der zur
Verf&uuml;gung stehende Funktionsumfang unterschiedlich und abh&auml;ngig von dem verwendeten
TV-Ger&auml;t sowie der integrierten Steuerung. Genaue Einzelheiten der Anschaltung und der
Funktionen sollten vor der Installation mit dem Auftraggeber gekl&auml;rt werden.
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
Handling of terminals with solderless connection technique:
1. Strip the wire (8 mm).
2. Insert the stripped wire into the terminal until it stops.
3. For detaching the wire insert a screw driver with a tip of 2.5 x 0.4 mm or 3.5 x 0.5 mm
into the opening and pull out the wire.
Note! For connecting the shield wire, use the screw driver to hold the spring contact open,
while you are inserting the shield wire. Afterwards check for a firm wire contact by pulling at
the wire.
TV
The available TV functions depend on the TV set in use.
Before the final installation, technicians shall check with the ordering party for the project to
clarify the details regarding the connection and the functions.
Bettennummer und TV-Option einstellen
Setting bed number and TV option
Bettennummer 1 bis 6 einstellen: Mit den Schaltern P3, P2, P1 wie in der Tabelle
abgebildet einstellen. Beispiel.: Bettenummer 1 = P3 off, P2 off, P1 on .
TV auf ON: H&ouml;rfunkbetrieb &uuml;ber Tuner im TV−System.
TV auf OFF: H&ouml;rfunkbetrieb &uuml;ber ELA
PG-Schalter nicht ver&auml;ndern.
*1 Achtung: Bei Bettennummer 6 kann kein Diagnostik−Ruf verwendet werden.
Setting of bed numbers 1 to 6: Use switches P3, P2, P1 as shown in the table.
Example: Bed number 1 = P3 OFF, P2 OFF, P1 ON
TV to ON: Radio sound via tuner in TV system.
TV to OFF: Radio sound via Entertainment (ELA).
PG switches: Do not change.
*1 Attention: With bed number 6 diagnostic call is not possible.
Obere oder rechte Seite
top or right side
1
2
Schraubendreher
screw driver
A
4
B
3
1b
1a
2b
2a
3b
3a
4b
4a
5b
5a
B
A
P3
P2
off
off
on
2
off
on
off
3
off
on
on
4
on
off
off
5
on
off
on
6
on
on
off
Product leaflets:
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
P1
1
ON
OFF
1
*1
70 0424 00
Steckvorrichtung Kombi
Connection socket combi
00 8800 74, 06/06 (Rev. 2.0)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Page 27
2
3
4
5
P3 P2 P1 PG TV
Schirmleitung
shield wire
D
ELA1b
ELA2a
ELA
ELA2b
ELA3a
ELA3b
ELA4a
ELA4b
ELA5a
ELA5b
Zimmerbus (RAN)
(max. 2 Anschl&uuml;sse)
25 V
Ie
ELA vom Zimmer
}{
}{
}{
}{
}{
ELA1b
ELA2a
ELA2b
ELA3a
ELA3b
ELA4a
ELA4b
}{
ELA5a
ELA5b
paarig verseilt
rt
24V
RAN
0V
Kabel: 2x IY(ST)Y 2x2x0,8
GB
ELA1a
}{
}{
}{
}{
}{
Entertainment
ELA1a
Connections
ge
Romm bus (RAN)
(max. 2 connections)
sw
Cable: 2x IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8
25 V
Ie
Entertainment from room
}{
twisted pair
red
24V
yellow
RAN
0V
black
white
ws
ge
LS
ws
MIC
sw
SCH B
Zimmerbus (RAN)
(max. 2 Anschl&uuml;sse)
rt
br
24V
sw
0V
Kabel: CCS32-Kabel
gr
RAN
LS
MIC
Is
Room bus (RAN)
Zimmerbus (RAN)
vom ComTerminal oder
Steckvorrichtung Kombi
vom ComTerminal oder
Steckvorrichtung Kombi
ws
}{
MIC
Cable: CCS32-Kabel
0V
LS
bl
MIC
brown
black
grey
white
}{
from ComTerminal
or connection socket
combi
Is
blue
shield
TV sound to the bed
ws
vom TV-System
LT 2
white
25Veff, 3 KOhm, 200 mW per bed
Connection of ligth relay
Light
OV
LT 1
yellow
TV
TV
ge
Licht
red
SCH B
TV-Ton zum Bett
zum Relais Lichtschaltung
Pulsdauer 150 ms,
24 V DC, max. 200 mA
LT 2
A
B
1b
1a
2b
2a
3b
3a
4b
4a
5b
5a
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
70 0424 00
Steckvorrichtung Kombi
Connection socket combi
Product leaflets:
Page 28
from TV system
25Veff, 3 KOhm, 200 mW per bed
OV
LT 1
Obere oder rechte Seite
top or right side
00 8800 74, 06/06 (Rev. 2.0)
black
RAN
Is
SCH B
Anschaltung Lichtrelais
white
SCH B
24V
Is
yellow
LS
Room bus (RAN)
(max. 2 connections)
from ComTerminal
or connection socket
combi
to light switching relay
pulse duration 150 ms,
24 V DC, max. 200 mA
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Anschl&uuml;sse
Installationsanleitung
D
Steckvorrichtung Kombi Kanal, Best.-Nr. 70 0434 00
Kombinierte Steckvorrichtung mit zwei unterschiedlichen Steckbuchsen zum Anschluss von
Bedien− und Rufger&auml;ten. Vorgesehen zur &Uuml;bertragung von Rufen, ELA−Programmen und
zur Steuerung von 2 Relais zur Lichtschaltung.
Vorzugsweise hergestellt f&uuml;r den Einbau in medizinische Versorgungseinheiten.
Installation Instructions
Connection socket combi bedhead unit, order no. 70 0434 00
Combined connection socket with two different sockets for connection of patient handsets and
other call devices. Designed for transmission of calls, entertainment programmes and control
of two relays for light switching.
Suitable for mounting in medical supply units.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Elektromagnetische Vertr&auml;glichkeit! Durch unzureichende Entst&ouml;rung von Leuchtstofflampen in medizinischen Versorgungseinheiten kann es zu St&ouml;rungen der Rufanlage kommen.
Unter Umst&auml;nden lassen sich diese externen St&ouml;rungen durch den Einbau von Entst&ouml;rgliedern (Varistor-Schaltungen) vermeiden. Die Varistor-Schaltungen sind bei den Herstellern zu
beziehen. Tunstall bietet hierf&uuml;r das &Uuml;berspannungsschutzfilter 230 V (70 0890 97) an.
Das EMV-Verhalten von verschiedenen medizinischen Versorgungseinheiten kann sehr
unterschiedlich sein. Sogar zwei Versorgungseinheiten des gleichen Typs k&ouml;nnen sich
unterschiedlich verhalten, wenn sie unterschiedlich installiert wurden.
Electromagnetic compatibility! Due to insufficient suppression at fluorescent lamps in
medical supply units faults in the call system may occur. These external interferences
possibly can be avoided by installing suppressor elements (varistor circuits). Varistor circuits
are commercially available from electric/electronic suppliers. Tunstall offers a proven overvoltage filter 230 V (order no. 70 0890 97).
Medical supply units may differ clearly in EMC behaviour. Even two supply units of the same
type may differ, if the installation is different.
In medizinischen Versorgungseinheiten gelten f&uuml;r die Verlegung der Leitungen der Rufanlage die Bestimmungen von DIN EN ISO 11197.
When laying call system cables in medical supply units the regulations of European standard ISO 11197 have to be followed.
Steckvorrichtung einstellen
Setting the connection socket
Folgende Einstellungen m&uuml;ssen vor Einbau der Steckvorrichtung gemacht werden:
Before mounting the connection socket please adjust as follows:
1. Bettennummer einstellen
Bett−Nr. Jumper gesteckt:
Bett 1
P1
Bett 2
P2
Bett 3
P1, P2 (werkseitige Einstellung)
Bett 4
P3
Bett 5
P1, P3
Bett 6*) P2, P3
*) Bei Bett−Nr. 6 kann kein Diagnostikruf verwendet werden.
1. Setting of bed numbers
Bed no. jumper placed:
Bed 1
P1
Bed 2
P2
Bed 3
P1, P2 (factory setting)
Bed 4
P3
Bed 5
P1, P3
Bed 6*) P2, P3
*) When using bed number 6 no diagnostic call can be used.
2. Lichtoption
Jumper offen:
2. Light option
Jumper open:
Jumper gesteckt:
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
Separate Ausg&auml;nge LT1 und LT2 f&uuml;r die Lichtrelais
(Lichttasten separat)
Ausg&auml;nge LT1 und LT2 sind verbunden (Lichttasten parallel).
In diesem Fall nur ein Relais anschlie&szlig;en.
Jumper placed:
Separate outputs LT1 and LT2 for the light relays
(light switches are separate).
Outputs LT1 and LT2 are connected (light switches are
parallel). In this case connect only one relay.
3. TV-Option
Jumper 1 gesteckt: H&ouml;rfunkbetrieb &uuml;ber ELA (werkseitige Einstellung).
Jumper 2 gesteckt: H&ouml;rfunkbetrieb &uuml;ber Tuner im TV-System.
3. TV option
Jumper 1 placed:
Jumper 2 placed:
4. TV−Tonkanal TV1 − TV4
F&uuml;r diese Einstellung werden immer 2 Jumper gesteckt.
Bei sternf&ouml;rmig verteiltem TV-Ton wird der Tonkanal entsprechend der Bett-Nummer
eingestellt.
4. TV tone TV1 − TV4
For this settings, always place 2 jumpers.
Where star−type distribution of TV tone is provided, the tone channel is set in reference to
the bed number.
Bett−Nr.
Bett 1
Bett 2
Bett 3
Bett 4
Bed
Bed
Bed
Bed
Bed
Jumper gesteckt:
TV1
TV2
TV3
TV4
no.
1
2
3
4
Radio via entertainment system (factory setting).
Radio via tuner in TV system.
Jumper gesteckt:
TV1
TV2
TV3
TV4
Bei parallel verteiltem TV−Ton wird der Tonkanal 1 gew&auml;hlt.
Where TV tone is parallel, select tone channel 1.
TV−Ton
Die verf&uuml;gbaren TV−Funktionen h&auml;ngen von dem verwendeten TV−Ger&auml;t ab. Einzelheiten
der Anschaltung und der Funktionen sollten vor der Installation mit dem Auftraggeber
gekl&auml;rt werden.
TV−Ton
The available TV functions depend on the TV set in use. Before the final installation,
technicians shall check with the ordering party for the project to clarify the details regarding
the connection and the functions.
Montage
Mounting
Der Einbau der Steckvorrichtung in die medizinische Versorgungseinheit ist von der
jeweiligen Ausf&uuml;hrung der Versorgungseinheit abh&auml;ngig.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Geh&auml;use der medizinischen Versorgungseinheit &ouml;ffnen.
Steckvorrichtung einsetzen.
Das Flachbandkabel zum Anschluss an die mediz. Versorgungseinheit aufstecken.
Bei vorhandenem Bettenlicht auch den Anschluss zum Lichtrelais aufstecken.
Geh&auml;use der medizinischen Versorgungseinheit schlie&szlig;en.
After the settings are made the connection socket is mounted into the medical supply unit.
The mounting depends on the individual model of the medical supply unit.
1. Open the housing of the medical supply unit.
2. Put in the connection socket.
3. Put on the flat band cable to the medical supply unit.
4. If there is bedlight available put on also the connection to the light relay.
5. Close the housing of the medical supply unit.
Anschluss Versorgungseinheit
connection supply unit
Bett-Nummer
bed number
Anschluss Bettenlicht
Impulsdauer 150 ms,
24 V Gleichspannung,
max. 200 mA
P3 P2 P1
connection bed light
pulse duration
+24 V
150 ms,
OV
24 V DC
LT1
max. 200 mA
NC
TV1 TV2 TV3 TV4
1
70 0434 00
Steckvorrichtung Kombi Kanal
Connection socket combi bedhead unit
00 8800 75, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0)
Product leaflets:
Lichtoption
light option
Page 29
2
TV-Option
TV option
TV-Tonkanal
TV tone channel
ELA1b
21
ELA2a
22
ELA2b
23
ELA3a
24
ELA3b
25
ELA4a
26
ELA4b
27
ELA5a
28
ELA5b
Zimmerbus (RAN)
(max. 2 Anschl&uuml;sse)
1
40
Kabel:
2x IY(ST)Y 2x2x0,8
11
}{
}{
}{
}{
}{
Ie
ELA vom Zimmer
}{
paarig verseilt
rt
24V
ge
RAN
0V
sw
ws
Zimmerbus (RAN)
LS
36
MIC
Zimmerbus (RAN)
(max. 2 Anschl&uuml;sse)
1
ws
sw
11
rt
br
24V
40
Kabel:
CCS32-Kabel
gr
RAN
LS
36
MIC
35
SCH B
ELA2a
22
ELA2b
23
ELA3a
24
ELA3b
25
ELA4a
26
ELA4b
27
ELA5a
28
ELA5b
Romm bus (RAN)
(max. 2 connections)
1
40
Cable:
2x IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8
11
}{
}{
}{
}{
}{
Ie
Entertainment from room
}{
twisted pair
red
24V
yellow
RAN
0V
black
white
37
vom ComTerminal
36
MIC
35
SCH B
bl
white
black
red
brown
24V
40
0V
11
RAN
37
LS
36
MIC
35
SCH B
Is
yellow
LS
1
Is
Abgeschirmte Leitungen f&uuml;r LS, MIC d&uuml;rfen
maximal 30 mm abgemantelt werden!
black
grey
}{
from ComTerminal
Is
white
blue
shield
Shielded wires for LS, MIC: strip to max. 30 mm!
TV-Ton zum Bett
TV sound to the bed
TV1b
31
TV2a
32
TV2b
29
TV3a
30
TV3b
33
TV4a
34
TV4b
}{
}{
}{
}{
Ia
vom Fernsehsystem
}{
4
TV1a
5
TV1b
31
TV2a
32
TV2b
29
TV3a
30
TV3b
33
TV4a
34
TV4b
}{
}{
}{
}{
Ia
from TV system
}{
paarig verseilt
39
Connection of ligth relay
OV
Licht
zum Relais Raumlicht
9
Ia
Pulsdauer 150 ms,
24 V DC, max. 200 mA
LT 2
Light
Anschaltung Lichtrelais
twisted pair
70 0434 00
Steckvorrichtung Kombi Kanal
Connection socket combi bedhead unit
Anschlussfeld Versorgungseinheit (Beispiel)
Connection field supply unit (example)
00 8800 75, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0)
40
Flachkabel zu Steckvorrichtung
Kombi Kanal
Flat cable to connection
socket combi bedhead unit
1
Klemmennummern wie Flachkabel
Terminal numbers as flat cable
Product leaflets:
Page 30
39
OV
to room light relay
pulse duration 150 ms,
24 V DC, max. 200 mA
9
LT 2
OV
OV
40
38
OV
LS
39
37
MIC
TV4b
TV2b
36
34
32
SCHB
TV4a
TV2a
35
33
31
TV3b
ELA5b
ELA4b
30
28
26
TV3a
ELA5a
ELA4a
29
27
25
ELA3b
ELA2b
OV
OV
24
22
20
18
ELA3a
ELA2a
OV
OV
23
21
19
17
OV
FB3
FB1
16
14
12
FB4
FB2
RAN
15
13
11
OV
OV
ELA1a
10
8
6
LT2
ELA1b
TV1b
9
7
5
TV1a
+24V
4
2
+24V
+24V
3
1
40
39
0V
5
38
20
18
Drahtbr&uuml;cken / wire links −
(unbedingt erforderlich)
(absolutely required)
TV1a
3
2
1
24 V
4
TV
TV
21
Cable:
CCS32-Kabel
ws
}{
ELA1b
Room bus (RAN)
(max. 2 connections)
sw
0V
37
Is
ge
35 SCH B
ELA1a
7
from ComTerminal
vom ComTerminal
37
6
GB
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
ELA1a
7
Connections to connection field
Entertainment
6
D
Room bus (RAN)
ELA
Anschl&uuml;sse am Anschlussfeld
Ia
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
Steckvorrichtung ComTerminal, Best.-Nr. 70 0491 00
Steckvorrichtung zum Anschluss eines ComTerminals im System Flamenco an den
Gruppenbus (OSYnet) oder eines ComTerminals im System EccoLine oder NewLine oder
eines RAN−Multiplexers an den Stationsbus (CCS−Bus). Passend f&uuml;r zweiteilige
Einbaudosen.
Connection socket ComTerminal, order no. 70 0491 00
Connection socket for connecting a ComTerminal in Flameco system to the group bus
(OSYnet) or a ComTerminal in EccoLine or NewLine system or a RAN multiplexer to the
ward bus (CCS bus). Suitable for 2−gang back box.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im Installationshandbuch
beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the installation
manual.
Einbaudose setzen
Placing the back box
Attention! When installing the back box please notice the required space for the
ComTerminal. From centre of the back box to the top and to the bottom, a space of at least
150 mm should be allowed.
Achtung! Beachten Sie beim Setzen der Einbaudose den Platzbedarf des ComTerminals.
Vom Mittelpunkt der Einbaudose muss nach oben und unten ein Platzbedarf von
mindestens 150 mm vorgesehen werden.
Connections
Anschl&uuml;sse
1
2
Anschluss ComTerminal
Sicherung 1A/F
Bestell−Nr. 00 0130 24
3
4
Anschluss Stromversorgung
Anschlussklemmen f&uuml;r RAN, Gruppenbus
und ELA (ELA nicht bei Flamenco)
1
2
Socket for ComTerminal
Fuse1A/Fast acting
order no. 00 0130 24
3
4
Connection to power supply
Connections for RAN, group bus and
entertainment (Flamenco: no entertainment)
Important notes
l Usable cable types: Mains: 2,5 mm2, other wires: 0,55 − 1 mm &Oslash;
l All cables for music or speech transmission (shielded cables) shall be stripped to a
maximum of 30 mm to maintain the shielding function.
l Insulate the shield wire (SCH) to prevent short circuiting.
l Insert only one wire per connection terminal.
Wichtige Hinweise
l Verwendbare Leitungstypen:
Stromversorgung: 2,5 mm2, &uuml;brige Leitungen: 0,55 − 1 mm &Oslash;
l Alle Leitungen f&uuml;r die Musik- oder Sprach&uuml;bertragung (geschirmte Leitungen) d&uuml;rfen
max. 30 mm abgemantelt werden, damit die Schirmfunktion erhalten bleibt.
l Zur Vermeidung von Kurzschl&uuml;ssen den Beidraht (SCH) isolieren.
l Nur einen Schaltdraht pro Klemme eindr&uuml;cken.
Anschlusstechnik
Connection technique
Handling of terminals with solderless connection technique:
1. Strip the wire to 8 mm.
2. Insert the stripped wire into the terminal until it stops. To make insertion easier (e.g. for
CAT5 cable) put a small screw driver into the opening (see diagram) while inserting the
wire.
3. For detaching the wire put a small screw driver into the opening and pull out the wire.
Handhabung der Klemmen mit l&ouml;tfreier Anschlusstechnik nach dem Steckklemm−Prinzip
1. Leiter 8 mm abisolieren.
2. Abisolierten Leiter bis zum Anschlag in die Klemme stecken. Zum leichteren
Hineinschieben (z.B. bei CAT5-Kabeln) einen kleinen Schraubendreher in die &Ouml;ffnung
stecken (siehe Zeichnung), w&auml;hrend Sie den Leiter hineinschieben.
3. Zum L&ouml;sen des Leiters einen kleinen Schraubendreher in die &Ouml;ffnung stecken und den
Leiter herausziehen.
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
1
2
3
150 mm
150 mm
4
Flamenco
EccoLine / NewLine
Schraubendreher
screw driver
Leiter 1
wire 1
DL
DH
DG
0V
NF 1a
NF 1b
NF 2a
NF 2b
24 V
0V
Leiter 2
wire 2
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4
LS
MIC
SCH B
0V
24 V
RAN
0V
24 V
RAN
RAN
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Wenn ELA nicht angeschlossen wird,
muss ELAa mit OV gebr&uuml;ckt werden:
Where entertainment is not connected,
ELAa must be bridged with 0V:
70 0491 00
Steckvorrichtung ComTerminal
Connection socket ComTerminal
00 8800 40, 07/06 (Rev. 3.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 31
4
0V
ELA a
Br&uuml;cke
Bridge
D
vom letzten Zimmer oder
+24 V
0V
Zimmerbus (RAN)
mit Sprechen
(max. 2 Anschl&uuml;sse)
zum n&auml;chsten Zimmer
rt
24V
Kabel: 2x IY(ST)Y 2x2x0,8
RAN
0V
GB
Power supply
Cable: NYM 2x2.5 mm2
from previous room
+24 V
0V
ge
Romm bus (RAN) with speech
(max. 2 connections)
sw
Cable: 2x IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8
or to next room
red
24V
yellow
RAN
0V
black
ws
white
to connection socket
combi or
combi, bedhead unit
zur Steckvorrichtung
Kombi oder Kombi Kanal
ge
LS
SCH B
Zimmerbus (RAN)
mit Sprechen
(max. 2 Anschl&uuml;sse)
br
sw
0V
Kabel: CCS32-Kabel
gr
RAN
ws
}{
LS
MIC
zur Steckvorrichtung
Kombi oder Kombi Kanal
Room bus (RAN) with speech
(max. 2 connections)
Kabel: IY(ST)Y 2x2x0,8
red
brown
24V
black
0V
Cable: CCS32-Kabel
grey
RAN
MIC
blue
shield
SCH B
rt
24V
ge
RAN
0V
red
Room bus (RAN) without speech
24V
(max. 4 connections)
RAN
Cable: IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8
vom RAN-Teilnehmer
sw
yellow
white
ws−bl
DL
ws−gn
DG*)
NF 2b
ws−or
Stationsbus / Gruppenbus
NF 2a
NF 2b
rt
bl
DH
gn
DG*)
br
NF 1b
NF 2a
ws
NF 2b
ws
ge
sw
0V
a
b
NF 1b
NF 2a
NF 2b
brown
white
yellow
white
black
0V
brown
T
grey
}{
a
to be dropped in systems INT
b
without speech
bl
ELA a
zur ELA-Reglerkombination,
Best.-Nr. 08 5130 00
Entertainment, selected channel
(EccoLine and NewLine only)
Cable: 2xIYY per channel
or similar cables
from previous room
or to next room
white
blue
shield
SCH
ELA b
from previous room
or to next room
white
I
Entertainm.
ELA
white−brown
orange
white−orange
green
NF 1a
SCH
ELA, selektierter Kanal
(nur EccoLine, NewLine)
Kabel: 2xIYY pro Kanal
oder &auml;hnliche Leitungen
brown
blue
DH
DG*)
ws
}{
from previous room
or to next room
green
red
DL
vom vorigen Zimmer
oder zum n&auml;chsten Zimmer
gr
I
Group bus (OSYnet)
(Flamenco only)
Cable: IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8
Ward bus CCS
(EccoLine and NewLine only)
Cable: CCS 32 cable
br
T
INT
vom vorigen Zimmer
oder zum n&auml;chsten Zimmer
ws
NF 1a
entf&auml;llt in Systemen
ohne Sprechen
NF 1b
Ward bus / Group bus
NF 2a
Stationsbus CCS
(nur EccoLine, NewLine)
Kabel: CCS 32-Kabel
white−green
DG*)
NF 1a
ws−br
or
DL
blue
DH
br
NF 1b
white−blue
DL
vom vorigen Zimmer
oder zum n&auml;chsten Zimmer
gn
NF 1a
Gruppenbus OSYnet
(nur Flamenco)
Kabel: IY(ST)Y 4x2x0,8
Group bus (OSYnet)
(Flamenco only)
Cable: CAT5 cable
bl
DH
from RAN user
black
0V
ws
Gruppenbus OSYnet
(nur Flamenco)
Kabel: CAT5-Kabel
to connection socket
combi or
combi, bedhead unit
white
}{
LS
bl
SCH B
Zimmerbus (RAN)
ohne Sprechen
(max. 4 Anschl&uuml;sse)
black
SCH B
rt
24V
white
MIC
sw
Room bus (RAN)
Zimmerbus (RAN)
MIC
yellow
LS
ws
ELA a
to programme control unit,
ELA b
order no. 08 5130 00
*) Anschluss DG an Gruppenbus OSYnet
(nur Flamenco)
*) Connecting DG to group bus OSYnet
(Flamenco only)
push−wire connector for junction boxes
(order no. 00 022288)
EccoLine
NewLine
Verbindungsdosenklemme
(Best.-Nr. 00 022288)
70 0491 00
Steckvorrichtung ComTerminal
Connection socket ComTerminal
00 8800 40, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0)
DL
DH
DG
0V
NF 1a
NF 1b
NF 2a
NF 2b
24 V
0V
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
DL
LS
vom vorigen Zimmer
9
DH
MIC
from previous room
8
DG
SCH B
0V
7
0V
NF 1a
6
zum n&auml;chsten Zimmer
24 V
5
to next room
NF 1b
RAN
NF 2a
4
0V
3
NF 2b
24 V
Flamenco
24 V
2
RAN
0V
1
RAN
Steckvorrichtung / connection socket
Product leaflets:
Page 32
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Stromversorgung
Kabel: NYM 2x2,5 mm2
Connections
Power
Strom
Anschl&uuml;sse
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
GB
Steckvorrichtung ComStation, Best.-Nr. 74 0452 50A
Datensteckdose zum Anschluss einer ComStation CT (Tischger&auml;t), eines Tischadapters f&uuml;r
ComTerminal, einer EccoLine ComStation oder einer ComStation L200.
Connection socket ComStation, order no. 74 0452 50A
Data socket for connection of a ComStation CT (desktop unit), a desktop adapter for
ComTerminal, an EccoLine ComStation or a ComStation L200.
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Vorzugsweise hergestellt f&uuml;r den Wandeinbau.
Passend f&uuml;r zweiteilige Einbaudose (Einbaudose nicht im Lieferumfang)
15−polige Buchse als Datensteckdose.
Vorbereitet f&uuml;r 15−poligen Stecker mit mechanischer Verriegelung.
4 Steckklemmen zum Anschluss der 24 V Stromversorgung bis 2,5 mm2.
Anschl&uuml;sse als Steckklemmen f&uuml;r Massivdraht, &oslash; 0,55 − 1 mm.
Kontaktbelastung: max. 3 A
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen Handbuch
beschrieben.
Abmessungen / Dimensions:
Preferably made for wall mounting.
Suitable for 2−gang back box (back box not included with delivery)
15 pole socket as data socket
Prepared for 15 pole plug with mechanical locking mechanism
4 plug−in terminals up to 2.5mm2 for connection of the 24 V supply voltage
Connection as plug−in terminals for solid wire of &oslash; 0.55 − 1 mm.
Contact current: max. 3 A
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Montage / Mounting:
152 mm
81 mm
Anschlussplan f&uuml;r ComStationCT, Tischger&auml;t, Best.-Nr. 77 0601 00, Tischadapter, Best.-Nr. 77 0900 00
Connection plan for ComStationCT, desktop unit, order no. 74 0601 00, Desktop adapter, order no. 77 0900 00
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
NF 1a
NF 1a
2
NF 1b
NF 1b
11
NF 2a
NF 2a
4
NF 2b
NF 2b
5
OSYnet (Gruppenbus / group bus)
OSYnet (Gruppenbus / group bus)
DL
DL
8
DH
DH
7
DG
DG
*
DG
DG
0V
*
*
*
Ip (Spannungsversorgung / power supply)
+24V
+24V
*
*
Verbindungsdosenklemme, 5−polig (00 0210 21)
Leitungs−&Oslash;: 0,8 − 1,8 mm
10
74 0452 50A
Steckvorrichtung ComStation
Connection socket ComStation
Product leaflets:
+24V
*
*
+24V
0V
+24 V
push-wire connector, 5 pole (00 0210 21)
wire diameter: 0.8 − 1.8 mm
00 8802 46, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0)
Ip (Spannungsversorgung / power supply)
0V
0V
Verbindungsdosenklemme, 4−polig (00 0222 88)
Leitungs−&Oslash;: 0,6 − 0,8 mm
push-wire connector, 4 pole (00 0222 88)
wire diameter: 0.6 − 0.8 mm
0V
Page 33
RAN
RAN (Zimmerbus / room bus)
Anschl&uuml;sse
D
Connections
GB
Anschlussplan f&uuml;r EccoLine ComStation, Best.-Nr. 74 3200 00A
Connection plan for EccoLine ComStation, order no. 74 3200 00A
+24V
0V
11
10
9
6
8
7
11
10
9
6
8
7
Externer Tongeber (24 V, max. 200mA), bei Bedarf
External tone generator (24 V max. 200 mA), if required
*
*
*
*
Verbindungsdosenklemme (00 0210 21)
push-wire connector (00 0210 21)
Zimmer-Signalleuchte,
Best.-Nr. 10 1201 00
*
*
0V
2
Room signal lamp,
order no. 10 1201 00
Anschlussplan f&uuml;r ComStation L200, Best.-Nr. 73 3200 00A
Connection plan for ComStation L200, order no. 73 3200 00A
+24V
0V
6
8
7
WCB0
6
8
7
WCB0
Zimmer-Signalleuchte,
Best.-Nr. 10 1201 00
*
*
*
*
Verbindungsdosenklemme (00 0210 21)
push-wire connector (00 0210 21)
0V
2
Externer Tongeber (24 V, max. 200mA), bei Bedarf
External tone generator (24 V max. 200 mA), if required
*
*
0V
1
Room signal lamp,
order no. 10 1201 00
74 0452 50A
Steckvorrichtung ComStation
Connection socket ComStation
00 8802 46, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 34
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
0V
1
13. Product leaflets
13..5
Consoles
77 0601 00
ComStationCT, desktop unit
77 0602 00
ComStationPC
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Product leaflets:
Page 35
Appendix
Konfigurationsanleitung
D
ComStationCT,
Tischger&auml;t, Best.-Nr. 77 0601 00
Terminal in Gegensprechtechnik inkl. rote Ruftaste, blaue Alarmtaste, gr&uuml;ne
Anwesenheitstaste (AW1), gelbe Anwesenheitstaste (AW2), 4 Funktionstasten mit
situationsabh&auml;ngiger Belegung, Mikrofon und Lautsprecher. Vorgesehen zur
Tischaufstellung am Dienstst&uuml;tzpunkt. Vorzugsweise zur Bearbeitung von Rufen und zum
Ansprechen von R&auml;umen mit eingeschalteter Personalanwesenheit. Ausl&ouml;sung von Rufen
oder Alarmen zur Anforderung von weiterem Personal m&ouml;glich.
GB
ComStationCT,
desktop unit, order no. 77 0601 00
Terminal with two−way speech communication, incl. red call button, blue code blue/cardiac
alarm button, green presence button (staff 1), yellow presence button (staff 2), 4 function
keys as soft keys, microphone and loudspeaker. Designed for desktop installation at the
nurse station. Preferably intended for call handling and for speaking to rooms with activated
staff presence. Raising of calls or cardiac alarms to summon assisting staff is possible.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
1. Konfigurationsmen&uuml; starten
1. Start configuration menu
l Oberste und unterste der 4 Funktionstasten gleichzeitig so lange (5 Sek.) gedr&uuml;ckt
halten, bis &quot;Konfiguration&quot; im Display erscheint. Bedeutung der Symbole:
~
= Men&uuml;punkt ausw&auml;hlen
+
= Gr&ouml;&szlig;eren Wert einstellen
–
= Kleineren Wert einstellen
X
= Konfigurationsmen&uuml; verlassen (und Einstellungen speichern)
l Press the top and bottom function keys simultaneously (5 sec.) until &quot;Configuration&quot; is
shown in the display. Symbol meanings:
~
= Select menu item
+
= Increase shown value
–
= Decrease shown value
X
= Exit configuration menu (and store settings)
2. Einstellungen vornehmen
2. Entering of settings
Sprache einstellen
l So oft &quot;~&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis &quot;Sprache&quot; erscheint.
l So oft &quot;+&quot; oder &quot;–&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis gew&uuml;nschte Sprache erscheint: D = Deutsch, GB =
Englisch, E = Spanisch, F = Franz&ouml;sisch, NL = Niederl&auml;ndisch, I = Italienisch
Selecting the user language
l Press &quot;~&quot; until &quot;Language&quot; is shown.
l Press &quot;+&quot; or &quot;–&quot; until the desired language is shown
D = German; GB = English; E = Spanish; F = French; NL = Dutch; I = Italian
Raumtyp einstellen
l So oft &quot;~&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis &quot;Raumtyp&quot; erscheint.
l So oft &quot;+&quot; oder &quot;–&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis der Raumtyp Dienstzimmer&quot; erscheint.
(Die Einstellung Dienstzimmer&quot; bewirkt, dass Notrufe als Normalrufe signalisiert werden)
Selecting the room type
l Press &quot;~&quot; until &quot;Room type&quot; is shown
l Press &quot;+&quot; or &quot;–&quot; until the room type Staff room&quot; is shown.
(The Staff room&quot; setting causes, that emergency calls are signalled as normal calls)
Zimmer−Adresse einstellen (01 − 63)
l So oft &quot;~&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis &quot;Adresse&quot; erscheint.
l So oft &quot;+&quot; oder &quot;–&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis gew&uuml;nschte Adresse erscheint.
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Configuration Instructions
RAN Anzahl einstellen (00 − 30)
RAN Anzahl = Anzahl Zimmerger&auml;te (Taster, Steckvorrichtungen, Zimmerleuchten etc.), die
&uuml;ber RAN angeschlossen sind (Kein Birntaster, keine PBK Hand, keine Steckvorrichtung
ComStation).
l So oft &quot;~&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis &quot;RAN Anzahl&quot; erscheint.
l So oft &quot;+&quot; oder &quot;–&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis gew&uuml;nschte RAN Anzahl erscheint.
Setting of room address (01 − 63)
l Press &quot;~&quot; until &quot;Address&quot; is shown.
l Press &quot;+&quot; or &quot;–&quot; until the desired address is shown.
Setting of RAN number (00 − 30) (Room Area Network)
RAN number = Number of devices in the room (switches, connection sockets, room lamps,
etc.) which are connected via RAN . (No pear push switch, no patient handset, no
connection socket ComStation)
l Press &quot;~&quot; until &quot;RAN number&quot; is shown.
l Press &quot;+&quot; or &quot;–&quot; until the desired RAN figure is shown.
3. Funktionstest Test RAN&quot; durchf&uuml;hren
3. Functional test Test RAN&quot;
Test, ob Zimmerger&auml;te funktionsbereit und korrekt am RAN angeschlossen sind. Test, ob
RAN Anzahl korrekt eingestellt ist.
Test if room devices are ready to operate and if they are correctly connected to the RAN.
Check the correct setting of the RAN number.
l So oft &quot;~&quot; dr&uuml;cken, bis &quot;Test CCS/Test RAN&quot; erscheint.
l Test Starten: &quot;–&quot; im Men&uuml; &quot;Test CCS/Test RAN&quot; dr&uuml;cken.
l Die LEDs aller angeschlossenen Zimmerger&auml;te m&uuml;ssen blinken. (Ger&auml;te, die nicht
blinken, sind falsch angeschlossen oder defekt. Defekte Ger&auml;te austauschen. Falsch
angeschlossene Ger&auml;te korrekt anschlie&szlig;en)
l Pr&uuml;fen, ob Anzahl angeschlossener Zimmerger&auml;te mit RAN Anzahl im Display [XX]
&uuml;bereinstimmt. (Falls RAN Anzahl im Display falsch, diese nach dem RAN Test wie
oben beschrieben einstellen)
l Test beenden: Erneut &quot;–&quot; dr&uuml;cken.
l Press &quot;~&quot; until &quot;Test CCS/Test RAN&quot; is shown.
l Test start: Press &quot;–&quot; in the menu &quot;Test CCS/Test RAN&quot;.
l The LEDs of all connected room devices must flash. (Non−flashing devices are wrongly
connected or defective. Replace defective devices. Correct any wrong connection)
l Compare the number of connected room devices with the RAN number on the display
[XX]. If the RAN number on the display is false, correct the setting after the RAN test as
described above.
l End of test: Press &quot;–&quot; again.
4. Konfigurationsmen&uuml; verlassen
4. Exit the configuration menu
Wenn keine Einstellungen mehr vorgenommen werden sollen und alle Tests beendet sind,
m&uuml;ssen Sie das Konfigurationsmen&uuml; verlassen. Dabei werden die Einstellungen
gespeichert.
When all settings are performed and all tests are finished, exit the configuration menu.
During this procedure all settings are stored.
l &quot;X&quot; (= unterste Funktionstaste) dr&uuml;cken.
Hinweis: Wenn drei Minuten keine Funktionstaste gedr&uuml;ckt wird, wird das
Konfigurationsmen&uuml; automatisch verlassen und die Einstellungen gespeichert.
l Press &quot;X&quot; (= bottom function key).
Note: If for a period of three minutes no function key is pressed, the system will leave the
configuration menu and the settings are stored.
5. Zimmer-Adresse &uuml;bernehmen
5. Apply the room address
In die ComStation CT (Tischger&auml;t) ist eine Leiterplatte eingebaut, auf der dieselbe
Zimmer-Adresse gespeichert werden muss, die im Konfigurationsmen&uuml; eingestellt wurde.
Das hei&szlig;t, die im Konfigurationsmen&uuml; (siehe oben) eingestellte Adresse muss auf die
eingebaute Leiterplatte &uuml;bernommen werden. Hierzu muss die Abdeckung an der R&uuml;ckseite
der ComStation CT abgeschraubt werden.
Integrated in the ComStation CT is a printed circuit board (PCB), which must have the same
room address as the address set in the configuration menu. This address has to be
manually applied.
1. Anwesenheitstaste an der ComStation CT
einschalten.
2. Adressen-Taste an der eingebauten Leiterplatte
einmal dr&uuml;cken.
3. Anwesenheitstaste an der ComStation CT
ausschalten.
Die im Konfigurationsmen&uuml; eingestellte Adresse ist
nun auch in der eingebauten Leiterplatte gespeichert.
Adressentaste
(Minitaster)
Product leaflets:
1. Switch on staff presence at the ComStation CT.
2. Press the address button on the integrated PCB
once.
3. Switch off staff presence at the ComStation CT.
The address set in the configuration menu is now also
stored in the integrated PCB.
address button
(mini switch)
74 0452 50A
Steckvorrichtung ComStation
Connection socket ComStation
77 0601 00
ComStationCT, Tischger&auml;t
ComStationCT, desktop unit
00 8802 48, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0)
To do this, remove the cover from the rear side of the ComStation CT.
Page 36
Product leaflets:
Page 37
Product leaflets:
Page 38
13. Product leaflets
13..6
Interfaces
70 0840 00
RAN interface normal call
70 0841 00
RAN interface code blue/cardiac alarm
70 0842 00
RAN interface telephone call
70 0860 00
RAN interface TV
70 0880 00
RAN interface with speech
77 0801 00
OSYlink−Door entry speaker
77 0802 00
OSYlink−Group lamp
77 0803 00
OSYlink−Universal
77 0804 00
OSYlink−Announcement
77 0805 00
OSYlink−ComTerminal
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Product leaflets:
Page 39
Appendix
Installationsanleitung
D
RAN-Schnittstelle Normalruf, Best.-Nr. 70 0840 00
Schnittstelle zur Verbindung von Rufger&auml;ten mit dem Zimmerbus (RAN). Die Schnittstelle
stellt einen Schalteingang f&uuml;r Normalruf und einen Ausgang als Finde− und
Beruhigungslicht zur Verf&uuml;gung. &Uuml;ber Codierschalter kann der Ruf mit einer Bettenkennung
versehen werden.
RAN-Schnittstelle Normalruf mit automatischer Rufabstellung, Best.-Nr. 70 0840 01
wie 70 0840 00, jedoch mit automatischer Rufabstellung. Der Ruf wird automatisch
abgestellt, wenn der Kontakt des angeschlossenen Rufger&auml;ts wieder ge&ouml;ffnet wird.
Achtung: Die RAN-Schnittstelle, Bestell-Nr. 70 0840 01, funktioniert erst, wenn eine
Bettennummer eingestellt wurde, siehe B.
RAN-Schnittstelle Alarmruf, Best.-Nr. 70 0841 00
Schnittstelle zur Verbindung von Rufger&auml;ten mit dem Zimmerbus (RAN). Die Schnittstelle
stellt einen Schalteingang f&uuml;r Alarmruf und einen Ausgang als Finde− und Beruhigungslicht
zur Verf&uuml;gung.
RAN-Schnittstelle Alarmruf mit automatischer Rufabstellung, Best.-Nr. 70 0841 01
wie 70 0841 00, jedoch mit automatischer Rufabstellung. Der Ruf wird automatisch
abgestellt, wenn der Kontakt des angeschlossenen Rufger&auml;ts wieder ge&ouml;ffnet wird.
GB
RAN interface normal call, order no. 70 0840 00
Interface for connection of call devices to the room bus (RAN). The interface has a
switching input for normal calls and an output for location and reassurance light. The bed
identification can be set by coding switches.
RAN interface normal call with automatic call cancelling, order no. 70 0840 01
as 70 0840 00, but with automatic call cancelling. The call is cancelled, when the contact of
the connected call device is opened again.
Attention: The RAN interface, order no. 70 0840 01, only works, after a bed number has
been set, see B.
RAN interface code blue / cardiac alarm, order no. 70 0841 00
Interface for connection of call devices to the room bus (RAN). The interface has a
switching input for codes blue / cardiac alarm and an output for location and reassurance
light.
RAN interface code blue/cardiac alarm with automatic call cancelling, order no. 70 0841 01
as 70 0841 00, but with automatic call cancelling. The call is cancelled, when the contact of
the connected call device is opened again.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
Mounting
Montage der RAN-Schnittstellen mit den mitgelieferten Halterungen auf eine
35 mm-Z−Schiene oder in eine handels&uuml;bliche Einbaudose.
Mounting the RAN interface with the delivered mounts on a 35 mm Z rail or in a standard
back box.
Anschluss
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Installation Instructions
Connection
Schaltausgang
Uout = 24 V; Iout max. = 10 mA
Switch output
Uout = 24 V; Iout max. = 10 mA
Findelichtfunktion
IFL max. = 0,5 mA
Location light function
ILL max. = 0.5 mA
Externer Taster S1
min. Schaltstrom: 0,1 mA, 5 V DC
max. Leitungsl&auml;nge an Punkt 4, 5, 6, 7 = 5 m
External switch S1
min. switching current: 0.1 mA, 5 V DC
max. wiring length at point 4, 5, 6, 7 = 5 m
Bettennummer einstellen (nur bei 70 0840 00, 70 0840 01)
Setting bed number (only for 70 0841 00, 70 0841 01)
An der RAN−Schnittstelle Normalruf mit automatischer Rufabstellung (70 0840 01) muss die
entsprechende Bettennummer eingestellt werden. An der RAN−Schnittstelle Normalruf (70
0840 00) kann die entsprechende Bettennummer eingestellt werden.
At the RAN interface normal call with automatic call cancelling (70 0840 01) the corresponding
bed number has to be set. At the RAN interface normal call (70 0840 00) the corresponding bed
number can be set.
Hierzu werden Codierschalter 1, 2 und 3 verwendet.
For this, use the code switches 1, 2 and 3.
Achtung! Bei Bettennummer 6 im Zimmer kann kein Diagnostik-Ruf verwendet werden.
Attention: Diagnostic call not possible with bed number 6 im Zimmer.
Hinweis: Wenn die Einstellung der Bettennummer ge&auml;ndert wurde, muss ein Reset f&uuml;r
diese RAN-Schnittstelle durchgef&uuml;hrt werden, d.h. 24 Volt ausschalten und anschlie&szlig;end
wieder einschalten.
Note: After the bed number setting was changed, this RAN interface must be reset by switching
off and on the 24 V power supply.
70 0840 00
70 0840 01
70 0840 00
70 0840 01
70 0841 00
70 0841 01
ON
ON
1
1
2 3 4 5
Werkseitige Einstellung:
4 = OFF, nicht ver&auml;ndern!
Factory setting:
4 = OFF, do not change!
2 3 4 5
Bett
Bed
Codierschalter 5:
RAN
Funktion des Tasters
ON = &Ouml;ffner
OFF = Schlie&szlig;er
Codierschalter
Coding switches
=1
=2
Coding switch 5:
switch function
ON = normally closed contact
OFF = normally open contact
S1
=0
=3
=4
=5
=6
70 0840 0X
RAN−Schnittstelle Normalruf
RAN interface normal call
00 8800 45, 06/06 (Rev. 4.0)
Product leaflets:
70 0841 0X
RAN−Schnittstelle Alarmruf
RAN interface code blue / cardiac alarm
Page 40
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
RAN−Schnittstelle Telefonruf, Best.-Nr. 70 0842 00
Schnittstelle zur Verbindung eines Telefonanschaltrelais (Bestell-Nr. 11 5300 00) oder eines
Telefonkontaktes an den Zimmerbus (RAN).
GB
RAN interface telephone call, order no. 70 0842 00
Interface for connection of a telephone interface relay (order no. 11 5300 00) to the room bus
(RAN).
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatically discharged
endangered components. Avoid touching.
Montage
Mounting
Montage der RAN-Schnittstellen mit den mitgelieferten Halterungen auf eine
35 mm-Z−Schiene oder in eine handels&uuml;bliche Einbaudose.
Mounting the RAN interface with the delivered mounts on a 35 mm Z rail or in a standard
back box.
Anschluss
Connection
Zimmerleuchte f&uuml;r Telefonruf
Room lamp for telephone call
10 1201 00 oder/or 77 0180 00
Telefonnetz
Telephone net
wei&szlig;es Leuchtfeld
white light section
3
2
In
Telefonanschaltrelais
Telephone interface relais
0V 1
RAN
2
+24V
3
RAN-Schnittstelle Telefonruf
RAN interface telephone call
7 RAN
8 24V
9 0V
In
Steckvorrichtung ComTerminal
Connection socket ComTerminal
70 0491 00
70 0842 00
RAN−Schnittstelle Telefonruf
RAN interface telephone call
00 8800 45, 06/06 (Rev. 4.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 41
70 0842 00
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
1
5
4
3
3
4
1
11 5300 00
Installationsanleitung
D
RAN−Schnittstelle TV, Best.-Nr. 70 0860 00
Schnittstelle zur Verbindung des Zimmerbus (RAN) und der Fernsehsteuerung.
In Verbindung mit PBK Hand und Steckvorrichtung Kombi (70 0424 00) / Steckvorrichtung
Kombi Kanal (70 0434 00) steht die M&ouml;glichkeit der Bedienung des Patientenfernsehens
zur Verf&uuml;gung.
Die Schnittstelle &uuml;bertr&auml;gt alle erforderlichen Signale zur Bedienung f&uuml;r die
Fernsehsteuerung.
Installation Instructions
GB
RAN interface TV, order no. 70 0860 00
Interface for connection of TV control to the room bus (RAN).
Intended installation in the electric supply unit or a back box.
With the patient handset plugged into the connection socket combi (70 0424 00) or connection
socket comb bedhead unit (70 0434 00), the patient is able to control the TV.
The interface transmits all of required signals to operate the TV control.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
Mounting
Einbau in medizinische Versorgungseinheit oder in eine Einbaudose.
Installation in the medical supply unit or a back box.
Bettennummer einstellen
Setting bed number
Die Einstellung der Bettennummer und der anderen Optionen erfolgt durch Jumper auf der
jeweiligen Steckvorrichtung (70 0434 00).
Setting of bed numbers and other options are effected by placing jumpers in the appropriate
positions at connection socket (70 0434 00).
Note: Diagnostic call not possible with bed number 6.
Hinweis: Bei Verwendung der Bettennummer 6 kann kein Diagnostik-Ruf verwendet
werden.
Connection
Anschluss
Schaltausgang
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
12
34
Uout = 24V
Iout max. = 10mA
47
47
56
7
RAN
Montagef&uuml;&szlig;e f&uuml;r Tragschiene 35 mm
Mounts for mounting on 35 mm supporting rail
zur TV−Steuereinheit
to TV control unit
70 0860 00
RAN−Schnittstelle TV
RAN interface TV
00 8800 68, 06/06 (Rev. 2.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 42
1
6
1
6
56
7
47
0V
RAN
+24V
for mounting to 35 mm rail
Montagef&uuml;&szlig;e f&uuml;r
Tragschiene 35 mm
34
47
74 0747 00
74 7002 00
Bed 1 / Bett 1
RAN interface TV
RAN-Schnittstelle TV
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
TV3b
ELA5b
ELA4b
ELA3b
ELA2b
OV
OV
OV
FB3
FB1
OV
OV
ELA1a
TV1a
+24V
+24V
+24V
LT2
ELA1b
TV1b
FB4
FB2
RAN
ELA3a
ELA2a
OV
OV
TV3a
ELA5a
ELA4a
SCHB
TV4a
TV2a
3
1
9
7
5
15
13
11
23
21
19
17
29
27
25
35
33
31
39
37
1
3
2
18
20
38
39
40
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Terminal numbers as flat cable
Klemmennummern wie Flachkabel
36
34
32
40
38
MIC
TV4b
TV2b
OV
OV
OV
LS
TV control signals / TV−Steuersignale
= twisted pair
= paarig verseilt
Set
jumper
Bett 1 = P1
Bett 2 = P2
Bett 3 = P1,P2
Bett 4 = P3
Bett 5 = P1,P3
Bett 6 = P2,P3
Betten
Jumper
Nummer steckt
Jumpers
position
P3 P2 P1
P3 P2 P1
Lage der
Jumper
Bettennummer:
Bed 1 = P1
Bed 2 = P2
Bed 3 = P1, P2
Bed 4 = P3
Bed 5 = P1, P3
Bed 6 = P2, P3
Bed
number
Bed number:
TV control module
TV-Steuermodul
70 0360 01
TV-Tonkanal:
werkseitige Einstellung
−Bei sternf&ouml;rmigen
TV−Ton wie Betten−
nummer einstellen.
−Bei parallelem TV−Ton
auf Tonkanal 1 einstellen.
Factory setting
− Where TV tone is parallel,
select tone channel 1
− For stellate TV tone
set as bed number
TV tone channel:
Lage der
Jumper
Jumpers
position
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RJ 45
Western socket
Westernbuchse
00 0280 39 surface / Aufputz
00 0280 40 recesssed / Unterputz
Shielded wires for LS, MIC: strip to max. 30 mm!
Abgeschirmte Leitungen f&uuml;r LS, MIC d&uuml;rfen max.
30 mm abgemantelt werden.
TV tone 2 / TV−Ton 2
3
7
RJ 45 connection
socket
RJ 45 Dose
74 7002 00
Bed 2 / Bett 2
Connection Diagram (example)
Hinweise:
− Die Einstellung der Bettennummer und der anderen Optionen erfolgt durch Jumper
auf der jeweiligen Steckvorrichtung (70 0434 00).
− Bei Verwendung von Bettennummer 6 kann kein Diagnostikruf verwendet werden.
2
2
2
ComTerminal
74 0510 00
+ 77 0805 00
+ 70 0491 00
OSYnet + Ip
TV control signals / TV−Steuersignale
OSYnet + Ip
TV control module
TV-Steuermodul
70 0360 01
Connection field supply unit:
Anschlussfeld Versorgungseinheit:
TV tone 2 / TV−Ton 2
Uout+
Uout−
Bed 2 / Bett 2
Bed 1 / Bett 1
70 0860 00
1
6
2
7
3
1 x per room
1 x pro Zimmer
2
00 0280 39 surface / Aufputz RJ 45 connection
00 0280 40 recesssed / Unterputz socket
RJ 45 Dose
TV-Ton 1
2
1
3
6
7
Is
Notes:
− Setting of bed numbers and other options are effected by placing jumpers in the
appropriate positions at connection socket (70 0434 00).
− When using bed number 6 no diagnostic call can be used.
Supply unit / Versorgungseinheit
8
Connection 11
field
2
Anschlussfeld
4
5
31
32
6 3
7 7
12
70 0434 00
70 0434 00
Page 43
74 0747 00
0V
Product leaflets:
wire links / Drahtbr&uuml;cken −
(absolutely required / unbedingt erforderlich)
1
6
00 8800 68, 06/06 (Rev. 2.0)
D
24 V
Anschlussplan (Beispiel)
GB
Installationsanleitung
D
RAN-Schnittstelle mit Sprechen, Best.-Nr. 70 0880 00
Schnittstelle zum Anschluss eines Patiententerminals an den Zimmerbus (RAN).
Installation Instructions
GB
RAN interface with speech, order no. 70 0880 00
Interface for connecting a patient terminal to the room bus (RAN).
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
Mounting
Die RAN−Schnittstelle wird in eine zweiteilige Einbaudose eingebaut oder mittels der zwei
Halterungen auf einer 35 mm−Z−Schiene befestigt.
The RAN interface is mounted into a 2−gang back box or is fixed on a 35 mm Z rail by the two
mounts.
.
.
mounts
Halterungen
Connections
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Anschl&uuml;sse
0V
MIC
LS
SCH
0V
+24V
RAN
0V
+24V
RAN
Interne Verbindung zur Steckvorrichtung
z.B. MediSET GS
(Details siehe Installationsunterlagen des Herstellers)
Zimmerbus RAN
0V
MIC
LS
SCH
MIC−IN
LS−OUT
MIC−GND
0V
+24V
BL
RT
Bettennummer einstellen
Room bus RAN
Internal connection to connection socket
e.g. MediSET GS
(For details refer to manufacturer’s instructions)
Setting the bed number
&Uuml;ber die Jumper auf der Leiterplatte kann die entsprechende Bettennummer eingestellt
werden. Hierzu werden Codierschalter 1, 2 und 3 verwendet.
Use the jumpers on the board to set the appropriate bed number. Use code switches 1, 2, 3.
= Bett 1
= Bed 1
= Bett 2
= Bed 2
= Bett 3
= Bed 3
= Bett 4
= Bed 4
= Bett 5
= Bed 5
= Bett 6 *1
= Bed 6 *1
*1 Achtung: Bei Bettennummer 6 kann kein Diagnostikruf verwendet werden.
70 0880 00
RAN−Schnittstelle mit Sprechen
RAN interface with speech
00 8801 00, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0)
MIC−IN
LS−OUT
MIC−GND
0V
+24V
BL
RT
Product leaflets:
Page 44
*1 Attention: Diagnostic call not possible with bed number 6.
Installationsanleitung
D
GB
OSYlink-T&uuml;rsprechstelle, Best.-Nr. 77 0801 00
Schnittstelle zum Anschluss einer T&uuml;rsprechstelle, Bestell-Nr. 77 0350 00, an den
Gruppenbus (OSYnet).
OSYlink−Door Entry Speaker, order no. 77 0801 00
Interface for connecting a door entry speaker, order no. 77 0350 00, to the group bus
(OSYnet).
l 2-Draht-Anschluss zur T&uuml;rsprechstelle (inkl. Daten und Sprache)
l Anschluss f&uuml;r T&uuml;r&ouml;ffner-Transformator 12 V AC
l Eingang zur lokalen Rufl&ouml;schung in Verbindung mit einem separaten Taster (Schlie&szlig;er
nach 24 V)
l Max. Stromaufnahme: 380 mA
l
l
l
l
2-wire-connection to the door entry speaker (including data and speech)
Connection for door opener transformer 12 V AC
Input for local call cancelling in combination with a separate switch (N/O contact to 24 V)
Max. current consumption: 380 mA
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
Mounting
Wahlweise Montage auf Hutschiene oder Wandmontage
Optionally mounting on supporting rail or wall mounting.
A1: Montage auf Hutschiene (35 mm)
OSYlink 1 auf die Hutschiene 3 aufklipsen, bis es einrastet.
A1: Mounting on supporting rail (35 mm)
Click the OSYlink 1 onto the supporting rail 3.
A2: Wandmontage
1. Die drei Befestigungsclips 2 soweit herausschieben, bis die &Ouml;ffnungen f&uuml;r die
Schrauben 4 frei liegen.
2. OSYlink 1 an der Wand festschrauben.
A2: Wall mounting
1. Push out the three fixing clips 2 until the holes for the screws 4 appear.
2. Screw the OSYlink 1 to the wall.
Setting of address (1 − 110)
Adresse einstellen (1 − 110)
Zum Einstellen der Adresse auf der Leiterplatte dienen die Codierschalter 1 bis 7 mit den
Werten 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Entsprechenden Schalter auf ON stellen.
For setting the address on the printed circuit board please use the code switches 1 to 7 with
the values 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Set the appropriate switch to ON.
Beispiele: Adresse 1 wird durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 1 eingestellt.
Adresse 4 durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 3.
Adresse 24 wird durch Addition gebildet: Schalter 4 und 5 auf ON stellen (8+16=24).
Examples: Address 1 is set by using the code switch 1. Address 4 by the code switch 3.
Address 24 is selected through addition, coding switch 4 and 5 (8 + 16 = 24).
Codierschalter 8 und 9 nicht ver&auml;ndern! Werkseitige Einstellung: OFF.
Reset
Reset
Um einen Hardware−Reset durchzuf&uuml;hren, den Codierschalter 10 f&uuml;r eine Sekunde auf ON
und anschlie&szlig;end wieder auf OFF stellen. Ein Hardware−Reset muss durchgef&uuml;hrt werden,
wenn eine Codierschalterstellung ver&auml;ndert wurde. Sonst werden die ge&auml;nderten
Einstellungen nicht &uuml;bernommen.
ESD-Schutzabdeckung (Best.-Nr. 00 0276 53)
To reset the OSYlink you have to set code switch 10 to ON for one second, then back to OFF.
A reset has to be made, if a code switch setting has been changed. Otherwise the new setting
will not be activated.
ESD protection cover (order no. 00 0276 53)
Nach dem Anschlie&szlig;en der Leitungen (siehe R&uuml;ckseite) die ESD-Schutzabdeckung
aufsetzen. (ESD = Electro Static Discharge = Elektrostatische Entladung)
Demontage von der Hutschiene
After you have connected the cables (see reverse side), you have to put the ESD protection
cover on the OSYlink. (ESD = Electro Static Discharge)
Dismantling from supporting rail
Einen Schraubendreher in die sichtbare &Ouml;ffnung des schwarzen Befestigungsclips stecken
und dann den Clip nach oben herausziehen, bis sich das OSYlink 1 von der Hutschiene 3
l&ouml;st.

Do not change code switches 8 and 9! Factory set: OFF.
Put a screw driver into the visible hole of the black fixing clip. Then pull the clip upwards,
until the OSYlink 1 comes loose from the supporting rail 3.

Montage auf Hutschiene
Mounting on supporting rail
2
Wandmontage
Wall mounting
4
2
1
1
3
4
4
2
2
2
Adresse
Address
6 7 8 9 10
Reset
8
16
1 2 3 4 5
64
Red control LED flashes slowly
(1 sec ON, 1 sec OFF), if OSYlink is ok.
Otherwise there is a fault.
4
58 mm
2
ON
32
Rote Kontroll-LED blinkt langsam
(1 Sek. EIN / 1 Sek. AUS), wenn OSYlink
ok ist. Sonst liegt eine St&ouml;rung vor.
1
2
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Installation Instructions
90 mm
ESD-Schutzabdeckung
ESD protection cover
106 mm
77 0801 00
OSYlink-T&uuml;rsprechstelle
OSYlink-Door entry speaker
00 8802 34, 06/06 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 45
Product leaflets:
Page 46
Installationsanleitung
D
OSYlink-Gruppenleuchte, Best.-Nr. 77 0802 00
Schnittstelle zum Anschluss von Gruppenleuchten an den Gruppenbus (OSYnet).
Einsetzbar als Sammel− oder Richtungsanzeige. Raumzuordnung und Bildung von Gruppen
m&ouml;glich.
l 4 x 2 potentialfreie Ausg&auml;nge zur Anschaltung von 4 Gruppenleuchten mit je 2 Leuchtfeldern
l Stromversorgung w&auml;hlbar (Jumper) intern aus der Rufanlage oder extern
l Anzeige nach DIN VDE 0834, zentral konfigurierbar
l Zentrale, flexible Konfiguration der Blinkfolgen und Zuordnung der Teilnehmeradressen
l Max. Stromaufnahme: 26 mA + 60 mA je Ausgang
GB
OSYlink−Group lamp, order no. 77 0802 00
Interface for connecting group lamps to the group bus (OSYnet). Usable as collective or
direction display. Room allocation and group forming possible.
l
l
l
l
4 x 2 potential-free outputs for connecting 4 group lamps, with two light sections each
Power supply selectable (jumper) internal from the call system or external
Display compliant with DIN VDE 0834, centrally configurable
Central, flexible configuration of flash-signal sequences and allocation of user addresses
l Max. current consumption: 26 mA + 60 mA per output
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
Mounting
Wahlweise Montage auf Hutschiene oder Wandmontage
Optionally mounting on supporting rail or wall mounting.
A1: Montage auf Hutschiene (35 mm)
OSYlink 1 auf die Hutschiene 3 aufklipsen, bis es einrastet.
A1: Mounting on supporting rail (35 mm)
Click the OSYlink 1 onto the supporting rail 3.
A2: Wandmontage
1. Die drei Befestigungsclips 2 soweit herausschieben, bis die &Ouml;ffnungen f&uuml;r die
Schrauben 4 frei liegen.
2. OSYlink 1 an der Wand festschrauben.
A2: Wall mounting
1. Push out the three fixing clips 2 until the holes for the screws 4 appear.
2. Screw the OSYlink 1 to the wall.
Setting of address (1 − 110)
Adresse einstellen (1 − 110)
Zum Einstellen der Adresse auf der Leiterplatte dienen die Codierschalter 1 bis 7 mit den
Werten 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Entsprechenden Schalter auf ON stellen.
For setting the address on the printed circuit board please use the code switches 1 to 7 with
the values 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Set the appropriate switch to ON.
Beispiele: Adresse 1 wird durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 1 eingestellt.
Adresse 4 durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 3.
Adresse 24 wird durch Addition gebildet: Schalter 4 und 5 auf ON stellen (8+16=24).
Examples: Address 1 is set by using the code switch 1. Address 4 by the code switch 3.
Address 24 is selected through addition, coding switch 4 and 5 (8 + 16 = 24).
Codierschalter 8 und 9 nicht ver&auml;ndern! Werkseitige Einstellung: OFF.
Reset
Reset
Um einen Hardware−Reset durchzuf&uuml;hren, den Codierschalter 10 f&uuml;r eine Sekunde auf ON
und anschlie&szlig;end wieder auf OFF stellen. Ein Hardware−Reset muss durchgef&uuml;hrt werden,
wenn eine Codierschalterstellung ver&auml;ndert wurde. Sonst werden die ge&auml;nderten
Einstellungen nicht &uuml;bernommen.
ESD-Schutzabdeckung (Bestell-Nr. 00 0276 53)
To reset the OSYlink you have to set code switch 10 to ON for one second, then back to OFF.
A reset has to be made, if a code switch setting has been changed. Otherwise the new setting
will not be activated.
ESD protection cover (order no. 00 276 53)
Nach dem Anschlie&szlig;en der Leitungen (siehe R&uuml;ckseite) die ESD-Schutzabdeckung
aufsetzen. (ESD = Electro Static Discharge = Elektrostatische Entladung)
Demontage von der Hutschiene
After you have connected the cables (see reverse side), you have to put the ESD protection
cover on the OSYlink. (ESD = Electro Static Discharge)
Dismantling from supporting rail
Einen Schraubendreher in die sichtbare &Ouml;ffnung des schwarzen Befestigungsclips stecken
und dann den Clip nach oben herausziehen, bis sich das OSYlink 1 von der Hutschiene 3
l&ouml;st.

Do not change code switches 8 and 9! Factory set: OFF.
Put a screw driver into the visible hole of the black fixing clip. Then pull the clip upwards,
until the OSYlink 1 comes loose from the supporting rail 3.

Montage auf Hutschiene
Mounting on supporting rail
2
Wandmontage
Wall mounting
4
2
1
1
3
4
4
2
2
2
Rote Kontroll-LED blinkt langsam
(1 Sek. EIN / 1 Sek. AUS), wenn OSYlink
ok ist. Sonst liegt eine St&ouml;rung vor.
2
ON
Red control LED flashes slowly
(1 sec ON, 1 sec OFF), if OSYlink is ok.
Otherwise there is a fault.
Reset
6 7 8 9 10
64
8
16
4
1 2 3 4 5
32
58 mm
1
2
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Installation Instructions
Adresse
Address
90 mm
ESD-Schutzabdeckung
ESD protection cover
106 mm
77 0802 00
OSYlink-Gruppenleuchte
OSYlink-Group lamp
00 8802 35, 06/06 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 47
Product leaflets:
Page 48
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
OSYlink-Universal, Best.-Nr. 77 0803 00
Schnittstelle zur Anschaltung von Fremdanlagen und/oder technischen Einrichtungen an
den Gruppenbus (OSYnet).
OSYlink−Universal, order no. 77 0803 00
Interface for connecting external systems and/or technical installations to the group bus
(OSYnet).
l
l
l
l
l
l 1 monitored input per call category: call (IN 1), emergency call (IN 2),
code blue/cardiac alarm (IN 3)
l 1 solid state output per call category: call (OUT 1), emergency call (OUT 2),
code blue/cardiac alarm (OUT 3)
l 1 monitored input, configurable (IN 4)
l 1 solid state output, configurable (OUT 4)
l 1 input, configurable (IN 8)
1 solid state output, configurable, with location light function (OUT 6) (function−related to
digital input)
l 3 inputs, configurable (IN 5 − 7)
l 1 solid state output, configurable (OUT 5)
l 2 relay outputs, configurable (change−over contact, voltage source internal or external
selectable by jumper) (OUT 7 − 8)
l Central, flexible configuration of the inputs and outputs
l Max. current consumption: 900 mA
l
l
l
l
l
Je 1 &uuml;berwachter Schalteingang f&uuml;r Ruf (IN 1), Notruf (IN 2), Alarmruf (IN 3)
Je 1 elektronischer Ausgang f&uuml;r Ruf (OUT 1), Notruf (OUT 2), Alarmruf (OUT 3)
1 &uuml;berwachter Schalteingang, konfigurierbar (IN 4)
1 elektronischer Ausgang, konfigurierbar (OUT 4)
1 Schalteingang, konfigurierbar (IN 8)
1 elektronischer Ausgang, konfigurierbar, mit Findelicht-Funktion (OUT 6) (Funktional
dem Schalteingang zugeordnet)
3 Schalteing&auml;nge, konfigurierbar (IN 5 − 7)
1 elektronischer Ausgang, konfigurierbar (OUT 5)
2 Relaisausg&auml;nge, konfigurierbar (Wechselkontakt, Spannungsquelle intern oder extern
w&auml;hlbar per Jumper) (OUT 7 − 8)
Zentrale, flexible Konfiguration der Ein− und Ausg&auml;nge
Max. Stromaufnahme: 900 mA
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
Mounting
Wahlweise Montage auf Hutschiene oder Wandmontage
Optionally mounting on supporting rail or wall mounting.
A1: Montage auf Hutschiene (35 mm)
OSYlink 1 auf die Hutschiene 3 aufklipsen, bis es einrastet.
A1: Mounting on supporting rail (35 mm)
Click the OSYlink 1 onto the supporting rail 3.
A2: Wandmontage
1. Die drei Befestigungsclips 2 soweit herausschieben, bis die &Ouml;ffnungen f&uuml;r die
Schrauben 4 frei liegen.
2. OSYlink 1 an der Wand festschrauben.
A2: Wall mounting
1. Push out the three fixing clips 2 until the holes for the screws 4 appear.
2. Screw the OSYlink 1 to the wall.
Setting of address (1 − 110)
Adresse einstellen (1 − 110)
Zum Einstellen der Adresse auf der Leiterplatte dienen die Codierschalter 1 bis 7 mit den
Werten 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Entsprechenden Schalter auf ON stellen.
For setting the address on the printed circuit board please use the code switches 1 to 7 with
the values 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Set the appropriate switch to ON.
Beispiele: Adresse 1 wird durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 1 eingestellt.
Adresse 4 durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 3.
Adresse 24 wird durch Addition gebildet: Schalter 4 und 5 auf ON stellen (8+16=24).
Examples: Address 1 is set by using the code switch 1. Address 4 by the code switch 3.
Address 24 is selected through addition: coding switch 4 and 5 (8 + 16 = 24).
Codierschalter 8 und 9 nicht ver&auml;ndern! Werkseitige Einstellung: OFF.
Do not change code switches 8 and 9! Factory set: OFF.
Reset
Reset
Um einen Hardware−Reset durchzuf&uuml;hren, den Codierschalter 10 f&uuml;r eine Sekunde auf ON
und anschlie&szlig;end wieder auf OFF stellen. Ein Hardware−Reset muss durchgef&uuml;hrt werden,
wenn eine Codierschalterstellung ver&auml;ndert wurde. Sonst werden die ge&auml;nderten
Einstellungen nicht &uuml;bernommen.
To reset the OSYlink you have to set code switch 10 to ON for one second, then back to OFF.
A reset has to be made, if a code switch setting has been changed. Otherwise the new setting
will not be activated.
ESD-Schutzabdeckung (Bestell-Nr. 00 0276 54)
ESD protection cover (order no. 00 0276 54)
Nach dem Anschlie&szlig;en der Leitungen (siehe R&uuml;ckseite) die ESD-Schutzabdeckung
aufsetzen. (ESD = Electro Static Discharge = Elektrostatische Entladung)
After you have connected the cables (see reverse side), you have to put the ESD protection
cover on the OSYlink. (ESD = Electro Static Discharge)
Demontage von der Hutschiene
Dismantling from supporting rail
Einen Schraubendreher in die sichtbare &Ouml;ffnung des schwarzen Befestigungsclips stecken
und dann den Clip nach oben herausziehen, bis sich das OSYlink 1 von der Hutschiene 3
l&ouml;st.

Montage auf Hutschiene
Mounting on supporting rail
Put a screw driver into the visible hole of the black fixing clip. Then pull the clip upwards,
until the OSYlink 1 comes loose from the supporting rail 3.

2
Wandmontage
Wall mounting
2
4
1
1
3
4
4
2
2
2
ON
Adresse
Address
6 7 8 9 10
Reset
1 2 3 4 5
64
Red control LED flashes slowly
(1 sec ON, 1 sec OFF), if OSYlink is ok.
Otherwise there is a fault.
32
58 mm
8
16
Rote Kontroll-LED blinkt langsam
(1 Sek. EIN / 1 Sek. AUS), wenn OSYlink
ok ist. Sonst liegt eine St&ouml;rung vor.
4
2
1
2
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
GB
90 mm
ESD-Schutzabdeckung
ESD protection cover
77 0803 00
OSYlink-Universal
00 8802 36, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0)
160 mm
Product leaflets:
Page 49
Product leaflets:
Page 50
Installationsanleitung
D
GB
OSYlink-Durchsage, Best.-Nr. 77 0804 00
Schnittstelle zum Anschluss von Durchsagelautsprechern, Bestell-Nr. 05 0024 00, an den
Gruppenbus (OSYnet). Anschaltung als Einzelger&auml;t oder in Gruppen.
OSYlink−Announcement, order no. 77 0804 00
Interface for connecting announcement loudspeakers, order no. 05 0024 00, to the group
bus (OSYnet). Connection of single devices or groups.
l 1 Audio-Ausgang zur Ansteuerung von aktiven Lautsprechern (max. 5 Lautsprecher)
l 1 potentialfreier Schaltausgang zur Steuerung der Zuschaltkennung
l Max. Stromaufnahme: 60 mA
l 1 audio output for driving active loudspeakers (max. 5 loudspeakers)
l 1 potential-free digital output for control of signalling the activity of the announcement
system
l Max. current consumption: 60 mA
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
Mounting
Wahlweise Montage auf Hutschiene oder Wandmontage
Optionally mounting on supporting rail or wall mounting.
A1: Montage auf Hutschiene (35 mm)
OSYlink 1 auf die Hutschiene 3 aufklipsen, bis es einrastet.
A1: Mounting on supporting rail (35 mm)
Click the OSYlink 1 onto the supporting rail 3.
A2: Wandmontage
1. Die drei Befestigungsclips 2 soweit herausschieben, bis die &Ouml;ffnungen f&uuml;r die
Schrauben 4 frei liegen.
2. OSYlink 1 an der Wand festschrauben.
A2: Wall mounting
1. Push out the three fixing clips 2 until the holes for the screws 4 appear.
2. Screw the OSYlink 1 to the wall.
Setting of address (1 − 110)
Adresse einstellen (1 − 110)
Zum Einstellen der Adresse auf der Leiterplatte dienen die Codierschalter 1 bis 7 mit den
Werten 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Entsprechenden Schalter auf ON stellen.
For setting the address on the printed circuit board please use the code switches 1 to 7 with
the values 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Set the appropriate switch to ON.
Beispiele: Adresse 1 wird durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 1 eingestellt.
Adresse 4 durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 3.
Adresse 24 wird durch Addition gebildet: Schalter 4 und 5 auf ON stellen (8+16=24).
Examples: Address 1 is set by using the code switch 1. Address 4 by the code switch 3.
Address 24 is selected through addition: coding switch 4 and 5 (8 + 16 = 24).
Codierschalter 8 und 9 nicht ver&auml;ndern! Werkseitige Einstellung: OFF.
ESD-Schutzabdeckung (Bestell-Nr. 00 0276 53)
To reset the OSYlink you have to set code switch 10 to ON for one second, then back to OFF.
A reset has to be made, if a code switch setting has been changed. Otherwise the new setting
will not be activated.
ESD protection cover (order no. 00 0276 53)
Nach dem Anschlie&szlig;en der Leitungen (siehe R&uuml;ckseite) die ESD-Schutzabdeckung
aufsetzen. (ESD = Electro Static Discharge = Elektrostatische Entladung)
Demontage von der Hutschiene
After you have connected the cables (see reverse side), you have to put the ESD protection
cover on the OSYlink. (ESD = Electro Static Discharge)
Dismantling from supporting rail
Einen Schraubendreher in die sichtbare &Ouml;ffnung des schwarzen Befestigungsclips stecken
und dann den Clip nach oben herausziehen, bis sich das OSYlink 1 von der Hutschiene 3
l&ouml;st.

Do not change code switches 8 and 9! Factory set: OFF.
Reset
Reset
Um einen Hardware−Reset durchzuf&uuml;hren, den Codierschalter 10 f&uuml;r eine Sekunde auf ON
und anschlie&szlig;end wieder auf OFF stellen. Ein Hardware−Reset muss durchgef&uuml;hrt werden,
wenn eine Codierschalterstellung ver&auml;ndert wurde. Sonst werden die ge&auml;nderten
Einstellungen nicht &uuml;bernommen.
Put a screw driver into the visible hole of the black fixing clip. Then pull the clip upwards,
until the OSYlink 1 comes loose from the supporting rail 3.

Montage auf Hutschiene
Mounting on supporting rail
2
Wandmontage
Wall mounting
4
2
1
1
3
4
4
2
2
2
2
ON
64
Reset
Adresse
Address
6 7 8 9 10
32
1 2 3 4 5
8
16
58 mm
Red control LED flashes slowly
(1 sec ON, 1 sec OFF), if OSYlink is ok.
Otherwise there is a fault.
4
Rote Kontroll-LED blinkt langsam
(1 Sek. EIN / 1 Sek. AUS), wenn OSYlink
ok ist. Sonst liegt eine St&ouml;rung vor.
1
2
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Installation Instructions
90 mm
ESD-Schutzabdeckung
ESD protection cover
77 0804 00
OSYlink-Durchsage
OSYlink-Announcement
00 8802 37, 06/06 (Rev. 1.0)
106 mm
Product leaflets:
Page 51
Product leaflets:
Page 52
Installationsanleitung
D
OSYlink−ComTerminal, Best.-Nr. 77 0805 00
Schnittstellen−Leiterplatte zum Anschluss eines ComTerminals, Best.-Nr. 74 0510 00, oder
eines NewLine ComTerminals, Best.-Nr. 70 xxxx xx, an den Gruppenbus (OSYnet).
GB
OSYlink−ComTerminal, order no. 77 0805 00
Interface printed circuit board for connecting a ComTerminal, order no. 74 0510 00, or a
NewLine ComTerminal, order no. 70 xxxx xx, to the group bus (OSYnet).
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage an ComTerminal, Best.-Nr. 74 0510 00
Mounting to ComTerminal, order no. 74 0510 00
1. Terminal-Frontteil 5 von der Wand abnehmen, wie in der Verpackungsbeilage zum
ComTerminal beschrieben.
2. Flachkabel 4 von der Steckvorrichtung 1 abziehen.
3. Die vier Befestigungsschrauben der Terminal−R&uuml;ckwand 3 ein St&uuml;ck (nicht vollst&auml;ndig)
herausdrehen und Terminal−R&uuml;ckwand 3 abnehmen.
4. Flachkabel 4 durch die Terminal-R&uuml;ckwand 3 f&uuml;hren und in die zugeh&ouml;rige Buchse auf
der Leiterplatte 2 stecken.
5. Leiterplatte 2 in die zugeh&ouml;rige Buchse der Steckvorrichtung 1 stecken.
6. Terminal−R&uuml;ckwand 3 wieder aufsetzen und festschrauben.
7. Terminal−Frontteil 5 oben auf die Terminal−R&uuml;ckwand 3 aufsetzen, so dass ein Scharnier
entsteht. Anschlie&szlig;end das Terminal−Frontteil auf die Terminal−R&uuml;ckwand
herunterdr&uuml;cken, bis die Rastnase einrastet.
8. Zur Sicherung kann eine Schraube (3 x 13 mm f&uuml;r Kunststoff) unten in die Bohrung
eingeschraubt werden.
Montage an NewLine ComTerminal, Best.-Nr. 70 xxxx xx
1. ComTerminal 5 von der Wand abnehmen, wie in der Verpackungsbeilage zum
ComTerminal beschrieben.
2. Flachkabel 4 von der Steckvorrichtung 1 abziehen.
3. Die vier Befestigungsschrauben des Montageblechs 3 ein St&uuml;ck (nicht vollst&auml;ndig)
herausdrehen und Montageblech 3 abnehmen.
4. Flachkabel 4 durch das Montageblech 3 f&uuml;hren und in die zugeh&ouml;rige Buchse auf der
Leiterplatte 2 stecken.
5. Leiterplatte 2 in die zugeh&ouml;rige Buchse der Steckvorrichtung 1 stecken.
6. Montageblech 3 wieder aufsetzen und festschrauben.
7. ComTerminal 5 von oben auf die Halterungen des Montageblechs 3 schieben.
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Installation Instructions
Zimmer-Adresse &uuml;bernehmen
Mounting to NewLine ComTerminal, order no. 70 xxxx xx
1. Demount the ComTerminal 5 from the wall as described in the product leaflet for the
ComTerminal.
2. Unplug the flat cable 4 from the connection socket 1.
3. Loosen the four fixing screws of the mounting frame 3 and demount the mounting frame
3.
4. Insert the flat cable 4 through the mounting frame 3 and plug it into the appropriate
socket on the printed circuit board 2.
5. Plug the printed circuit board 2 into the appropriate socket on the connection socket 1.
6. Place the mounting frame 3 on the wall and tighten the screws.
7. Slide the ComTerminal 5 down onto the mounting frame 3.
Apply the room address
Im angeschlossenen ComTerminal muss eine Zimmer-Adresse eingestellt werden. Dieselbe
Adresse muss auch in der Leiterplatte OSYlink-ComTerminal gespeichert werden, d.h. die
im ComTerminal eingestellte Adresse muss in die Leiterplatte OSYlink−ComTerminal
&uuml;bernommen werden:
1. Zimmer-Adresse im ComTerminal muss bereits eingestellt sein
(siehe Verpackungsbeilage zum ComTerminal).
2. Anwesenheitstaste am ComTerminal einschalten.
3. Adressen-Taste an der Leiterplatte OSYlink-ComTerminal einmal
dr&uuml;cken.
4. Anwesenheitstaste am ComTerminal ausschalten.
Die im ComTerminal eingestellte Adresse ist nun auch in der
Leiterplatte OSYlink-ComTerminal gespeichert.
In the connected ComTerminal a room address has to be set. The same address has to be
stored in the printed circuit board OSYlink-ComTerminal, i.e. the address set in the
ComTerminal has to be applied to the printed circuit board OSYlink-ComTerminal:
1. Room address must have already been set in the ComTerminal
(refer to the product leaflet for the ComTerminal).
2. Switch on staff presence button at the ComTerminal.
3. Press the address button on the printed circuit board
OSYlink-ComTerminal once.
4. Switch off staff presence button at the ComTerminal.
The address set in the ComTerminal is now also stored in the
printed circuit board OSYlink-ComTerminal.
address button (mini switch)
Adressen-Taste (Minitaster)
1
1. Demount the front panel 5 from the wall as described in the product leaflet for the
ComTerminal.
2. Unplug the flat cable 4 from the connection socket 1.
3. Loosen the four fixing screws of the pattress and demount the pattress.
4. Insert the flat cable 4 through the pattress 3 and plug it into the appropriate socket on
the printed circuit board 2.
5. Plug the printed circuit board 2 into the appropriate socket on the connection socket 1.
6. Place the pattress 3 on the connection socket and tighten the fixing screws.
7. Place front panel 5 into the top of the pattress 3 creating a hinge. Now press the front
panel downward onto the pattress until the catch engages.
8. For improved security a screw (3 x 13 mm for plastics) can be fitted into the hole in the
base of the ComTerminal.
1
2*
2*
4
4
2* R&uuml;ckseite / Back side:
2* R&uuml;ckseite / Back side:
3
zum Flachkabel
to flat cable
zum Flachkabel
to flat cable
3
5
5
zur Steckvorrichtung
to connection socket
74 0510 00
77 0805 00
OSYlink−ComTerminal
00 8802 38, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 53
zur Steckvorrichtung
to connection socket
70 xxxx xx
Product leaflets:
Page 54
13. Product leaflets
13..7
Accessories
70 0790 00
Sound detector
70 0812 00
Diagnostic connection cable
77 0901 00
Smoke detector
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Product leaflets:
Page 55
Appendix
Installationsanleitung
D
GB
Schallw&auml;chter, Best.-Nr. 70 0790 00
Der Schallw&auml;chter dient zur akustischen Kontrolle von R&auml;umen. Automatische Ausl&ouml;sung
von Rufen durch laute Ger&auml;usche.
Sound detector, order no. 70 0790 00
Sound detector for acoustic monitoring of rooms. Automatic call activation in case of any
noises.
Lautst&auml;rke und Zeitdauer der Ger&auml;usche, die einen Ruf ausl&ouml;sen sollen, k&ouml;nnen mit den
Reglern &quot;Empfindlichkeit&quot; 1 und &quot;Verz&ouml;gerung&quot; 2 eingestellt werden.
Sensitivity and time delay can be adjusted. So it can be adjusted which volume and noise
duration shall activate a call.
Hinweis: Normale Gespr&auml;chslautst&auml;rke f&uuml;hrt nicht zur Rufausl&ouml;sung.
Note: Normal conversation will not activate a call.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Anschlussm&ouml;glichkeiten
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Connection possibilities
Der Schallw&auml;chter kann an unterschiedliche Steckvorrichtungen und
Patienten-Bedienkombinationen der Firma Tunstall GmbH angeschlossen werden und dient
zur akustischen Kontrolle von R&auml;umen.
The sound detector can be connected to different connection sockets and patient bedside
combinations from the company Tunstall GmbH.
User instructions
Bedienungsanleitung
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Installation Instructions
Einschalten
Durch einfaches Stecken des Mini−DIN−Steckers in die Steckbuchse f&uuml;r Rufger&auml;te wird das
Ger&auml;t eingeschaltet und ist sofort betriebsbereit.
To switch on
The device will be automatically switched on by plugging into the corresponding socket for
call devices. It is immediately operational.
Einstellungen
1 Empfindlichkeit (Ansprechempfindlichkeit):
Dieser Regler dient zur Einstellung der Lautst&auml;rke, ab der das Ger&auml;t einen Ruf ausl&ouml;st.
Schwellwertskala von 0 bis 9.
Einstellung 9 = h&ouml;chste Empfindlichkeit: geringe Ger&auml;usche l&ouml;sen einen Ruf aus.
Adjustments:
1 Sensitivity (sensitivity of speaking):
This regulator is used for adjusting the sensitivity of sound loudness level. A call will be
activated above this level. Scale of threshold value 0 to 9.
Adjustment 9 = highest sensitivity: a slight noise activates a call.
2 Verz&ouml;gerung:
Dieser Regler dient zur Einstellung der zeitlichen Mindestdauer eines Ger&auml;usches, die zur
Ausl&ouml;sung eines Rufes f&uuml;hrt.
Zeitskala: 0 bis 9 (Verz&ouml;gerungszeit 0,5 − 6 s)
2 Delay:
This regulator is used for adjusting the minimum duration of sound, beyond which leads to
call activation.
Time scale: 0 to 9 (time of delay 0,5 to 6 s).
Technische Daten
Technical data
Farbe
hellgrau
Colour
light grey
Material
Kunststoff ABS
Material
Plastic ABS
Stromversorgung
24 VDC / 16 mA Ruhestrom
Power supply
24 VDC / 16 mA standby current
125 mm
30 mm
1
150 mm
2
70 0790 00
Schallw&auml;chter
Sound detector
00 8800 23, 06/06 (Rev. 2.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 56
Installationsanleitung
D
Verbindungsleitung f&uuml;r Diagnostikger&auml;te, Best.-Nr. 70 0812 00
Verbindungsleitung zum Anschluss von elektromedizinischen Ger&auml;ten an
Steckvorrichtungen, Best.-Nr. 70 xxxx xx.
Installation Instructions
GB
Diagnostik connection cable, order no. 70 0812 00
Cable for connection of electromedical devices to connection sockets, order no. 70 xxxx xx.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen Handbuch
beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Anschluss an Steckvorrichtung 70 xxxx xx
Connection to connection socket 70 xxxx xx
8
RL
5
DIA
7
6
3
ABM
4
Drahtbr&uuml;cke/wire link
+24V
1 0V
L&auml;nge = 2m / length = 2 m
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
2
potentialfreier Kontakt nach VDE
potential−free contact
according to VDE
muss im Alarmfall &ouml;ffnen
must open in case of emergency
R&uuml;ckmeldung bei Bedarf
max. zul. Strom 10 mA
Feedback on demand
maximum allowable
current 10 mA
Elektromedizinisches Ger&auml;t
Electromedical Device
Adernfarben:
Wire colours:
1 = blau
2 = rot
3=
4 = wei&szlig;
5 = orange
6 = gelb
7 = schwarz
8 = gr&uuml;n
1 = blue
2 = red
3=
4 = white
5 = orange
6 = yellow
7 = black
8 = green
Freie Drahtenden (30 mm), verzinnt
Free wire ends (30 mm), tin−plated
Achtung! Nicht benutzte Drahtenden m&uuml;ssen isoliert werden.
Attention! Non used wire ends have to be insulated.
70 0812 00
Verbindungsleitung f&uuml;r Diagnostikger&auml;te
Diagnostic connection cable
Product leaflets:
enspricht Zeichnungs−Nr./equivalent to drawing no. 70 1 0013 403, 28.04.1997
Page 57
Anschlussplan f&uuml;r Rauchmelder, Best.−Nr.: 77 0901 00
Connection plan for smoke detector, order no.: 77 0901 00
Klemme im Relaismodul
Clamp within the relay module
Bornier dans le module relais
Morsetto del modulo di rel&egrave;
Potenzialfreier Kontakt
Potential-free contact
Contact libre de potentiel
Contatto libero da potenziale
Anschluss an die Rufanlage
Connection to the nurse call system
Connexion au syst&egrave;me d’appel
Collegamento a sistema di chiamata
77 0901 00, 07/2006
Product leaflets:
Page 58
13. Product leaflets
13..8
System devices
77 2000 00
OSY−ControlCenter
77 2100 00
OSYnet−SafetyController
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Product leaflets:
Page 59
Appendix
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
OSY-ControlCenter, Best.-Nr. 77 2000 00
Das OSY−ControlCenter stellt alle Systemfunktionen der Flamenco−Rufanlage zur
Verf&uuml;gung. Es organisiert die Datenverteilung und den gesamten Sprechverkehr zwischen
den einzelnen Teilnehmern. Das OSY−ControlCenter ist die zentrale Systemschnittstelle zur
Ein− und Ausgabe von Daten, Sprechverbindungen und Systemmeldungen, jedoch auch die
Schaltstelle f&uuml;r Fernzugriffe und Softwareupdates. Das OSY−ControlCenter ist modular
aufgebaut und wird individuell entsprechend dem ben&ouml;tigten Leistungsumfang
zusammengestellt. Die Anzahl der jeweils erforderlichen internen Komponenten ergibt sich
aus der Gesamtanzahl der anzuschlie&szlig;enden Teilnehmer und der Anzahl der internen und
externen Sprechverbindungen. Zus&auml;tzliche Schnittstellen zum Datenaustausch, z.B. KIS,
Facility Management und Anbindungen an Telefonanlagen k&ouml;nnen integriert werden. Die
Konfiguration des OSY-ControlCenters erfolgt werkseitig.
l Versorgungsspannung OSY-ControlCenter: 24 V DC
l Versorgungsspannung Netzwerk-Switch: 230 V AC
l Max. Stromaufnahme OSY-ControlCenter: 2,3 A
GB
OSY-ControlCenter, order no. 77 2000 00
The OSY−ControlCenter provides all system functions for the Flamenco nurse call system. It
organises the data distribution and the whole speech traffic between the single users.
Furthermore the OSY−ControlCenter represents the central system interface for incoming
and outgoing data, speech connections and system messages as well as the switching
point for remote accesses and software updates. The OSY−ControlCenter is modular
constructed and is individually assembled according to the required performance. The
number of required internal components results from the total number of users to be
connected and the number of internal and external speech connections. Additional
interfaces for data exchange, e.g. for HIS, facility management and connections to
telephone systems can be integrated. The OSY-ControlCenter is factory configured.
l Supply voltage for OSY-ControlCenter: 24 V DC
l Supply voltage for network switch: 230 V AC
l Max. current consumption OSY-ControlCenter: 2.3 A
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Netzwerk-Switch
network switch
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Anschlussbuchsen f&uuml;r Netzwerk−Switch
connection sockets for network switch
Kontrollanzeigen (LED)
control LEDs
Anschlussfeld
connection field
Kabeleinf&uuml;hrung
cable entrances
OSY-ControlCenter
Netzwerk-Switch anschlie&szlig;en
Connection of network switch
Je nach Ausstattung des OSY-ControlCenters, weist dieses bis zu 6 RJ45-Buchsen auf.
Jede dieser Buchsen muss mit einer beliebigen RJ45-Buchse im Netzwerk-Switch
verbunden werden. Es empfiehlt sich allerdings die folgende &uuml;bersichtliche Anordnung:
Depending on its components the OSY-ControlCenter may include a maximum of 6 RJ45
sockets. Each socket has to be connected to an arbitrary RJ45 socket in the network
switch. But the following clear arrangement is recommended:
Netzwerk-Switch
network switch
OSY-ControlCenter
RJ45-Buchsen
RJ45 sockets
77 2000 00
OSY-ControlCenter
00 8802 52, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 60
Montage
D
Mounting
GB
Anforderungen an den Installationsort
Installation location requirements
l
l
l
l
Bedingt zug&auml;nglicher technischer Betriebsraum
Trockener Raum (Max. Luftfeuchtigkeit 75% bei ca. 18 oC)
Umgebungstemperatur 0o bis 40 oC
Das OSY-ControlCenter muss jederzeit gut zug&auml;nglich sein (Revisionsgang 60 cm
breit).
l Freiraum f&uuml;r die Kabeleinf&uuml;hrung muss ber&uuml;cksichtigt werden.
l
l
l
l
l
Bel&uuml;ftung
Ventilation
Die W&auml;rmeabfuhr darf nicht behindert sein. F&uuml;r eine ausreichende Luftzirkulation &uuml;ber und
unter dem OSY-ControlCenter muss deshalb gesorgt werden. Der Abstand &uuml;ber und unter
dem OSY-ControlCenter zu anderen Ger&auml;ten oder zu W&auml;nden muss mindestens 50 mm (im
Montageschrank 3 HE) betragen. Die L&uuml;ftungsdurchl&auml;sse d&uuml;rfen unter keinen Umst&auml;nden
abgedeckt sein. Beim Einbau in Schaltschr&auml;nke muss gegebenenfalls durch Zwangsl&uuml;ftung
die Verlustw&auml;rme abgef&uuml;hrt werden.
The heat transfer must not be blocked. The selected location must ensure sufficient air
circulation above and below the OSY-ControlCenter. Therefore, check for minimum
distance of 50 mm (3 U in a rack) to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports
must not be covered up. Where the OSY-ControlCenter is installed in a 19-inch rack,
forced−air ventilation may be required.
Limited access location for technical equipment
Dry location (max. relative humidity 75% at approx. 18 oC)
Ambient temperatures between 0o and 40 oC
The OSY-ControlCenter shall be readily accessible (access aisle 60 cm wide).
Consider sufficient free space for cable entries.
Wandmontage / Wall mounting
291.5
50
278.9
354.4
&Oslash; 12
465,6
25
482.6
291.5
77 2000 00
OSY-ControlCenter
Gewicht ohne Kabel ca. 17 kg
weight without cables approx. 17 kg
444
Einbau in 19 Zoll Montageschrank / Mounting in 19−inch rack
7 mm
12 mm
Montagewinkel nach vorne umsetzen.
Move mounting brackets to the front.
77 2000 00
OSY-ControlCenter
00 8802 52, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 61
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
&Oslash;7
Anschl&uuml;sse
D
Connections
0V +24V 0V +5V
Netzger&auml;t 24 V DC
Power supply unit 24 V DC
GND
USB
C3
USB
NC
C4
ST17
COM A
USB+4
OSYnet8
C4
+5V
ST23
GND
NC
DL8
DL12
12
1
1
1
ST42
NF10b
NF21a
NF21b
NF22a
NF22b
NF23a
NF23b
NF24a
NF24b
1
a1
b1
a2
b2
1
a5
b5
a6
b6
Product leaflets:
Page 62
a7
b7
a8
b8
ST31
5
7
6
8
Telephone
Telephone
Telephone
Telephone
ST30
Line
Line
Line
Line
/
/
/
/
ST29
5
7
6
8
a3
b3
a4
b4
1
Telefonleitung
Telefonleitung
Telefonleitung
Telefonleitung
1
1
3
2
4
ST46
Line
Line
Line
Line
ST45
1 / Telephone
3 / Telephone
2 / Telephone
4 / Telephone
ST28
1
ST43
NF19a
NF19b
NF20a
NF20b
1
Telefonleitung
Telefonleitung
Telefonleitung
Telefonleitung
ST27
1
NF17a
NF17b
NF18a
NF18b
1
ST44
1
NF13a
NF13b
NF14a
NF14b
Sprechen Gruppe 8 / Speech Group 8
Nichts anschlie&szlig;en, wenn Telefonleitung 1, 2, 3 oder 4 benutzt wird.
Sonst Verwendung f&uuml;r: Sprechen Gruppe 21 − 24.
Don’t connect, if telephone line 1, 2, 3 or 4 is used.
Otherwise use for: Speech Group 21 − 24.
ST26
ST41
Sprechen Gruppe 6 / Speech Group 6
ST25
1
ST40
Sprechen Gruppe 5 / Speech Group 5
Nichts anschlie&szlig;en, wenn Telefonleitung 5, 6, 7 oder 8 benutzt wird.
Sonst Verwendung f&uuml;r: Sprechen Gruppe 17 − 20.
Don’t connect, if telephone line 5, 6, 7 or 8 is used.
Otherwise use for: Speech Group 17 − 20.
ST24
ST39
1
NF9a
NF9b
NF10a
Sprechen Gruppe 3 / Speech Group 3
Sprechen Gruppe 7 / Speech Group 7
00 8802 52, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0)
NF15a
NF15b
NF16a
NF16b
NF5a
NF5b
NF6a
NF6b
Sprechen Gruppe 2 / Speech Group 2
Sprechen Gruppe 4 / Speech Group 4
Gruppe 8 / Group 8
NF11a
NF11b
NF12a
NF12b
1
Gruppe 7 / Group 7
NF7a
NF7b
NF8a
NF8b
1
Gruppe 6 / Group 6
NF3a
NF3b
NF4a
NF4b
NF1a
NF1b
NF2a
NF2b
Sprechen Gruppe 1 / Speech Group 1
USB
DH12
Gruppe 5 / Group 5
USB+6
+5V
CTS6.A
C6
1
C6
11 OSYnet
DG12
ST19
COM A
RTS6.A
DL11
Daten Gruppe 8 / Data Group 8
C6
ST38
10 OSYnet
1
Gruppe 4 / Group 4
NC
TxD6.A
DH11
+5V
USB−6
RxD6.A
DG11
USB+5
USB−5
USB
CTS5.A
GND
DL10
Daten Gruppe 7 / Data Group 7
RTS5.A
C5
DH10
Gruppe 3 / Group 3
TxD5.A
ST18
DG10
RxD5.A
COM A
OSYnet
C5
DL9
Daten Gruppe 6 / Data Group 6
1
DH9
C5
DG9
1
ST37
OSYnet9
Gruppe 2 / Group 2
1
Daten Gruppe 5 / Data Group 5
l Check all cables for continuity, short circuits and ground faults.
l When the data cables are correctly connected, the values are: voltage between
DH and DG and voltage between DL and DG approx. 2.5 V.
l Attention! The following plan is a standard connection plan. Please follow the
deviations in your project specific connection plan.
USB−4
CTS4.A
USB
RTS4.A
USB+3
USB−3
1
1
RxD4.A
NC
+5V
C4
GND
ST16
ST36
OSYnet7
TxD4.A
DL7
C2
CTS3.A
COM A
OSYnet6
RTS3.A
DH7
ST15
C3
C3
TxD3.A
DG7
DH8
ST22
GND
RxD3.A
DL6
DG8
USB−2
+5V
1
1
ST35
OSYnet5
DH6
NC
USB+2
C2 COM A
1
DL5
DG6
USB−1
+5V
1
GND
DH5
C1 USB
C1 COM 3
RxD2.A
CTS2.A
ST14
1
RTS1.3
CTS1.3
DG5
NC
USB+1
ST21
C1 COM A
GND
CTS1.A
RTS2.A
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
RI1.4
GND
TxD2.A
Daten Gruppe 4 / Data Group 4
RTS1.2
CTS1.2
TxD1.3
RTS1.A
Gruppe 1 / Group 1
DTR1.4
RxD1.3
TxD1.A
Daten Gruppe 3 / Data Group 3
DSR1.4
ST34
1
GND
RxD1.A
Daten Gruppe 2 / Data Group 2
DCD1.4
RxD1.2
TxD1.2
1
DL4
CTS1.4
CTS1.
OSYnet4
DH4
C2
DG4
RTS1.4
CTS1.1
C1 COM 4
DH3
DL3
TxD1.4
RTS1.1
GND
ST33
OSYnet3
1
DG3
RxD1.4
C1 COM 2
DL2
GND
ST13
C1 COM 1
11.54
OSYnet2
DG2
1
1
TxD1.1
C1
RxD1.1
DL1
DH2
Daten Gruppe 1 / Data Group 1
GND
DH1
11.60
1 A / 24 V
ST20
1
DG1
ST32
OSYnet1
RESET
l Pr&uuml;fen Sie alle Leitungen auf Durchgang, Kurzschluss- und Erdschlussfreiheit.
l Wenn die Datenleitungen korrekt angeschlossen sind, betr&auml;gt die Spannung zwischen DH und DG sowie die Spannung zwischen DL und DG ca. 2,5 V.
l Achtung! Bei dem folgende Plan handelt es sich um einen Standardanschlussplan.
Beachten Sie die Abweichungen in Ihrem projektspezifischen Anschlussplan.
GND
max. 5 m
Benutzung nur f&uuml;r Tunstall-Techniker.
Use only for Tunstall engineers.
RESET
Potentialfreier Eingang
Potential−free input
1
0V 0V +24V +24V
Erde / Ground
St&ouml;rmeldemodul
Fault message module
ST50
Power Supply
2 x 2.5 mm2
Zum Potentialausgleich
to potential equalisation
ST49
1
DC/DC−
Converter
Anschluss werkseitig / pre−connected
GB
77 2000 00
OSY-ControlCenter
Kontrollanzeigen (LED)
D
Die Kontrollanzeigen dienen Tunstall-Technikern zur differenzierten Analyse von St&ouml;rungen.
Control LEDs
GB
The control LEDs help Tunstall engineers to analyze faults.
Telefonleitung 1
Telephone Line 1
Telefonleitung 3
Telephone Line 3
Telefonleitung 5
Telephone Line 5
Telefonleitung 7
Telephone Line 7
K/S: LED ein: Sprechverbindung eingeschaltet
K/S: LED ON: Speech connection ON
Telefonleitung 6
Telephone Line 6
Telefonleitung 8
Telephone Line 8
Eine detailliertere Auswertung der Leuchtanzeigen ist nur durch Tunstall-Techniker m&ouml;glich.
A more detailed interpretation of the control LEDs is possible for Tunstall engineers only.
Bedeutung der LEDs f&uuml;r Telefonleitungen 1 − 8:
Meaning of LEDs for telephone lines 1 − 8:
1 Linie / Line
2 Durchsageverst&auml;rker / Announcement amplifier
3 Klingelsignal / Ringing signal
4 Schleifenspannung / Loop current
LED 1 leuchtet: Sprechverbindung zwischen Telefonleitung und Rufanlage besteht.
LED 2: leuchtet nie.
LED 3 flackert: Es klingelt auf der Telefonleitung.
LED 4 leuchtet: H&ouml;rer ist abgehoben&quot; auf der Telefonleitung.
LED 1 is ON: Speech connection between the telephone line and nurse call system.
LED 2: is always OFF.
LED 3 flickering: Ringing signal on the telephone line.
LED 4 is ON: Telephone off−hook
77 2000 00
OSY-ControlCenter
00 8802 52, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
Page 63
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
D: LED ein: Durchsageverst&auml;rker eingeschaltet
D: LED ON: Announcement amplifier ON
Telefonleitung 2
Telephone Line 2
Telefonleitung 4
Telephone Line 4
F: LED flackert (10 Hz) oder LED aus: St&ouml;rung, LED flickering (10 Hz) or LED OFF: fault
Installationsanleitung
D
GB
OSYnet-SafetyController, Best.-Nr. 77 2100 00
Sicherheitscontroller zum direkten Anschluss an den Gruppenbus (OSYnet). Parallel
einsetzbar zum OSY−ControlCenter, pro physikalische Gruppe. Vorgesehen als Redundanz
zur Aufrechterhaltung der Systemfunktionen bei Ausfall des OSY−ControlCenters.
OSYnet-SafetyController, order no. 77 2100 00
Safety controller for direct connection to the group bus (OSYnet). Usable in parallel with
OSY−ControlCenter, per physical group. Intended use as redundancy for maintaining the
system operation in case of OSY−ControlCenter fail.
l Steuerung der Lichtruf−Grundfunktionen f&uuml;r eine physikalische Gruppe, gem&auml;&szlig; DIN VDE
0834.
l Steuerung von Anzeigen an Zimmerleuchten und Displays
l Selbst&auml;ndige und automatische Umschaltung zwischen Normal− und Sicherheitsbetrieb
l 1 potentialfreier Schaltausgang (Wechselkontakt) zur Anzeige von St&ouml;rungen
l Schaltausgang: intern: 24 VDC/60 mA, extern: 24 VAC/1 A
l Max. Stromaufnahme: 230 mA
l Controlling the base light call functions of one physical group, compliant with DIN VDE
0834.
l Control of room lamps and displays
l Autonomous and automatic switching between normal and safety operation
l 1 potential free digital output (change-over contact) for fault signalling
l Digital output: internal: 24 VDC/60 mA, external: 24 VAC/1 A
l Max. current consumption: 230 mA
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gef&auml;hrdeten Bauteilen best&uuml;ckt.
Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Ber&uuml;hrung.
Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components.
Avoid touching.
Montage
Mounting
Wahlweise Montage auf Hutschiene oder Wandmontage im Technikraum der Station.
Optionally mounting on supporting rail or wall mounting in the electrical room of the ward.
A1: Montage auf Hutschiene (35 mm)
OSYnet-SafetyController 1 auf die Hutschiene 3 aufklipsen, bis er einrastet.
A1: Mounting on supporting rail (35 mm)
Click the OSYnet-SafetyController 1 onto the supporting rail 3.
A2: Wandmontage
1. Die drei Befestigungsclips 2 soweit herausschieben, bis die &Ouml;ffnungen f&uuml;r die
Schrauben 4 frei liegen.
2. OSYnet-SafetyController 1 an der Wand festschrauben.
A2: Wall mounting
1. Push out the three fixing clips 2 until the holes for the screws 4 appear.
2. Screw the OSYnet-SafetyController 1 to the wall.
Setting of address (1 − 110)
Adresse einstellen (1 − 110)
Zum Einstellen der Adresse auf der Leiterplatte dienen die Codierschalter 1 bis 7 mit den
Werten 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Entsprechenden Schalter auf ON stellen.
For setting the address on the printed circuit board please use the code switches 1 to 7 with
the values 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Set the appropriate switch to ON.
Beispiele: Adresse 1 wird durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 1 eingestellt.
Adresse 4 durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 3.
Adresse 24 wird durch Addition gebildet: Schalter 4 und 5 auf ON stellen (8+16=24).
Examples: Address 1 is set by using the code switch 1. Address 4 by the code switch 3.
Address 24 is selected through addition: coding switch 4 and 5 (8 + 16 = 24).
Codierschalter 8 und 9 nicht ver&auml;ndern! Werkseitige Einstellung: OFF.
Do not change code switches 8 and 9! Factory set: OFF.
Reset
Reset
Um einen Hardware−Reset durchzuf&uuml;hren, den Codierschalter 10 f&uuml;r eine Sekunde auf ON
und anschlie&szlig;end wieder auf OFF stellen. Ein Hardware−Reset muss durchgef&uuml;hrt werden,
wenn eine Codierschalterstellung ver&auml;ndert wurde. Sonst werden die ge&auml;nderten
Einstellungen nicht &uuml;bernommen.
To reset the OSYnet-SafetyController you have to set code switch 10 to ON for one second,
then back to OFF. A reset has to be made, if a code switch setting has been changed. Otherwise
the new setting will not be activated.
Control LED (red)
Kontroll-LED (rot)
Leuchtet nicht:
OSYnet-SafetyController
ohne Spannungsversorgung oder defekt
Light OFF:
OSYnet-SafetyController
without power supply or defect
Langsames Blinken:
( 1s EIN − 1 s AUS)
OSY-ControlCenter steuert die Gruppe.
OSYnet-SafetyController betriebsbereit (standby)
Flashing slowly:
( 1s ON − 1 s OFF)
OSY-ControlCenter controls the group.
OSYnet-SafetyController ready−to−operate (standby)
Schnelles Blinken:
(200 ms EIN − 200 ms AUS)
OSYnet−SafetyController steuert die Gruppe.
Flashing quickly:
(200 ms ON − 200 ms OFF)
OSYnet−SafetyController controls the group.
L&auml;nger als 10 s Dauerlicht:
OSYnet-SafetyController nicht betriebsbereit.
Light ON for more than 10 s:
OSYnet-SafetyController not ready to operate.
ESD-Schutzabdeckung (Bestell-Nr. 00 0276 53)
ESD protection cover (order no. 00 0276 53)
Nach dem Anschlie&szlig;en der Leitungen (siehe R&uuml;ckseite) die ESD-Schutzabdeckung
aufsetzen. (ESD = Electro Static Discharge = Elektrostatische Entladung)
Demontage von der Hutschiene
Dismantling from supporting rail
Einen Schraubendreher in die sichtbare &Ouml;ffnung des schwarzen Befestigungsclips stecken
und dann den Clip nach oben herausziehen, bis sich der OSYnet-SafetyController 1 von der
Hutschiene 3 l&ouml;st.

Montage auf Hutschiene
Mounting on supporting rail
After you have connected the cables (see reverse side), you have to put the ESD protection
cover on the OSYnet-SafetyController. (ESD = Electro Static Discharge)
Put a screw driver into the visible hole of the black fixing clip. Then pull the clip upwards,
until the OSYnet-SafetyController 1 comes loose from the supporting rail 3.

2
Wandmontage
Wall mounting
4
2
1
1
3
4
4
2
2
2
58 mm
2
ON
90 mm
64
Reset
Adresse
Address
6 7 8 9 10
32
8
16
Kontroll-LED (rot)
Control LED (red)
4
1 2 3 4 5
1
2
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
Installation Instructions
ESD-Schutzabdeckung
ESD protection cover
77 2100 00
OSYnet-SafetyController
00 8802 39, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
106 mm
Page 64
Product leaflets:
Page 65
Product leaflets:
Page 66
13. Product leaflets
13..9
Electric power supply
77 3400 00
Power supply unit UPS
77 3401 00
Power supply unit
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Product leaflets:
Page 67
Appendix
Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00
The power supply unit UPS serves as a conventional power supply unit with integrated uninterrupted
power supply module (UPS) in a common housing. Input voltage of 115 - 230 V AC is transformed into
24 V DC, and the UPS feature ensures the supply of a connected DC user also in case of a mains
power failure.
When in the normal operating mode, i.e. mains power supply, the electronic module monitors the
output voltage. Starting at a load current level of approx. 12.5 A DC, the output voltage is reduced
while keeping a constant current load.
This is a self-correcting output voltage feature, as the output voltage will be reactivated. Further to this,
the output voltage is protected by a 15 A flat fuse &quot;F2&quot;.
If the mains input voltage fails or when it drops to less than 90 VAC, the two lead batteries in the unit
will continue to supply the connected user without any interruption.
To protect the batteries from going flat, circuit breakers will open when during the UPS mode the
output voltage drops below to 19.5 V. When the mains supply voltage is active again, the system
reverts to its normal operating mode.
Roughly every 15 minutes, an integrated test circuitry performs a voltage check at the battery
terminals, the connections and at the circuit breakers. Upon the return of the mains supply current, the
battery is isolated from the outputs, and the internal charging module recharges the battery.
Safety instructions
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Non-compliance with the safety instruction or improper handling of the unit (e.g. skin
contact with live components when the unit is open) can be extremely dangerous.
The power supply unit UPS should only be installed and operated by qualified
specialists.
Before effecting any work at or with the unit, it must be isolated from any voltage
(mains or battery).
Connection to the mains supply must be executed acc. to the valid national
regulations (for Germany: VDE 0100 and VDE 0160).
Fuse or circuit breaker must be provided for safe isolation from the input (mains)
current.
Overheating of the unit may occur when the values as shown in the technical data
are exceeded. This may lead to permanent damage to the unit, and system safety is
jeopardised.
Always watch for the safe isolation of AC and DC circuits!
Observe the general safety instructions for the handling of batteries! Sufficient
ventilation must be provided to preclude the development of an explosive hydrogenair mixture!
1. Mounting
The power supply unit UPS is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing for
fixing the unit at the wall using the enclosed mounting material. A dimensional drawing is shown on
the next page.
Before mounting, check the condition of the wall itself.
The power supply unit UPS weighs approx. 9 kg.
The unit must be mounted such that the venting ports are at the top and bottom.
The selected location must ensure sufficient air circulation above and below the unit. Therefore, check
for minimum distance of 50 mm to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports must not be
covered up. Insufficient air circulation may lead to damage to the power supply unit.
&copy; Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 2.0 (08/2006)
Product leaflets:
Page 68
English - 1
Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00
Dimensional drawing:
2. Connection
The internal connection terminals are provided as screw/plug-in clamps.
2.1 Mains connection
You have to ensure, that the mains cable is disconnected from the AC supply voltage during the
following procedure:
1. Release 4 screws for the left cover and remove the cover to the front.
Now, the terminal connection clamps are accessible.
2. Direct the mains cable through the cable duct into the housing and connect to the appropriate
terminal posts as designated in the unit.
NOTE: To simplify this process, you may pull the input connector, connect the wires as shown and
replace the plug in its socket.
CAUTION ! Check for the correct and positive connection of the protective conductor.
3. Secure the connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing the
installation cable with cable clamps.
2.2 Output terminal clamps 24 V DC / 12.5 A
The output voltage is generated via a primary pulse controller. This controller provides the output
voltage of 24 V DC with 12.5 A current (for continuous operation considering all tolerance criteria).
When in the normal operating mode, i.e. mains power supply, the electronic module monitors the
output voltage. When the load current exceeds approx. 12.5 A, the output current is shut off (hicc-up
mode) until the overload at the output terminal connections has been reduced.
This is a self-correcting output voltage feature, as the output voltage will be reactivated. Further to this,
the output voltage is protected by a 15 A flat fuse &quot;F2&quot;.
•
The load shall be connected to the terminal clamps &quot;+24V&quot; and &quot;0V&quot; (provided 2 x).
2.3 Control terminal clamps x + y
The control terminal clamps &quot;x&quot; and &quot;y&quot; are used to prepare the unit for the uninterrupted power supply
(UPS mode).
2.3.1 Preparing the UPS function by placing a bridge contact between &quot;x&quot; and &quot;y&quot;
•
Connect the control terminal clamps &quot;x&quot; and &quot;y&quot; using the enclosed bridging contact or via a
potential-free 'make contact'. The current for the bridging contact is approx. 1 mA..
English - 2
Product leaflets:
&copy; Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 2.0 (08/2006)
Page 69
Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00
2.3.2 LED and indicator outputs 1 - 5
The five indicator outputs 1 – 5 at the 7-pole terminal block indicate the status of the unit via potentialfree solenoid contacts. The current load for these contacts is up to 125 V / 1.5 A / 60 VA.
2.3.2.1 Green LED &quot;Power&quot; (mains supply mode and bridging contact between &quot;x&quot; and &quot;y&quot;
closed)
Only green LED &quot;Power“ is on.
Contacts 3 – 1 &amp; 3 - 5 are closed.
24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamp.
2.3.2.2 Amber LED &quot;Battery active&quot;
Only amber LED &quot;Battery active“ is on.
Contacts 3 – 1 &amp; 3 – 4 are closed.
Battery mode
(when bridging contact between &quot;x&quot; and &quot;y&quot; is
closed)
2.3.2.3 Red LED &quot;Battery low&quot;
During mains failure
Only amber LED &quot;Battery active“ is on.
Contacts 3 – 1 &amp; 3 – 4 are closed.
Amber LED &quot;Battery active“ and red LED &quot;Battery
low“ are on.
Contacts 3 – 2 &amp; 3 – 4 are closed.
All LEDs are off.
Contacts 3 – 2 &amp; 3 – 5 are closed.
The 24 V voltage at the terminal clamp is from the
battery.
The voltage at the terminal clamps depends on
the relevant battery charge state.
When the output voltage has dropped to
approx. 19.5 V, the power supply unit will shut off
(protection against totally flat battery)
After the input voltage (115 - 230 Volt) has been reactivated again, the output clamps will be supplied
with 24 V DC, and the batteries will be recharged automatically.
2.3.2.4 Red LED &quot;Output Failure Fuse F2&quot; defective
Green LED &quot;Power“ and red LED &quot;Output Failure
Fuse F2&quot; are on
Output fuse F2 was removed or it is defective. No
output voltage at the power supply terminal
clamps.
2.3.4 Battery test
Green LED &quot;Power“ is on and red LED &quot;Battery
low“ illuminates for 30 seconds every 15 minutes.
Contact 3 – 2 is closed for 30 seconds every 15
minutes.
Battery capacity not sufficient for safe UPS
operation.
Batteries are automatically checked every 15
minutes. If a battery fault is detected during this
test, the indicating contact and the LED &quot;Battery
low&quot; are activated for the approx. 30 sec. test
period.
The unit features an automatic battery load test. For this, the internal batteries' status is checked at
regular intervals (approx. 15 minutes).
This takes place by voltage measuring while simultaneously demanding a defined load current for a
period of approx. 30 sec.
If during this test the battery voltage should drop below approx. 21.5 V, the indicating contact (3 – 2 –
1) &quot;Battery low&quot; is reversed and this shows that the battery capacity will not sustain a UPS operating
mode.
This warning will be indicated for the said test period of approx. 30 sec. or until the battery voltage has
been increased to approx. 23 V . This may also take place when the battery voltage rises during a
recharging process after previous discharging, e.g. in the course of UPS operation.
&copy; Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 2.0 (08/2006)
Product leaflets:
Page 70
English - 3
Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00
This warning message is reset after the test phase and will be reactivated again during the next
battery load test. This is the reason for the cyclic indication of the battery fault as described above.
The battery load test is an effective instrument for checking the true battery state. A negative result,
i.e. a warning message is issued, may be caused by one or more of the following :
• Charge status too low.
• Battery fuse has failed.
• Battery not correctly connected.
• Battery is defective.
• Battery is too old, and must be replaced.
3. Commissioning
1. Connect input and output terminal connections (refer to items 2.1 and 2.2).
2. Switch on the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt).
From now on, the connected nurse call system devices are supplied with 24 V DC.
3. The green LED &quot;Power&quot; is on due to the voltage at the terminal clamps.
If the red LED &quot;Battery low“ is on, the UPS function is not yet active
(Place the bridging contact x – y).
4. Now the power supply unit UPS is fully operational.
4. Shutting the power supply UPS off
1. Shut off the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt).
2. Remove the UPS function acc. to item 2.3.1 (Remove the bridging contact), otherwise the load for
the user circuits will be supplied through the battery until the total discharge circuit disconnects the
battery.
5. Service
To ensure the safe function of the system, batteries should be replaced every 3 years - depending on
the ambient temperature (Refer to diagram 1, Item 6). After 3 – 5 years, the battery capacity has
dropped to approx. 60%.
6. Battery service life
The power supply unit UPS comes with sealed, service-free and rechargeable led-gel batteries VRLA.
According to the EUROBAT classification, these batteries have a useful service life of 5 – 7 years.
This time, however, strongly depends on the relevant ambient temperature. (Up to 20 &deg;C: 7 – 8 years
as shown in diagram 1)
If the system will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries should be fully charged to
prevent a total discharge. (Refer to item 7 &quot;Storage&quot;)
English - 4
Product leaflets:
&copy; Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 2.0 (08/2006)
Page 71
Battery service life (years)
Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00
Temperature
Diagram 1: Battery service life in relation to ambient temperature
6.1 Battery change
Lead batteries contain harmful toxic substances. Observe general and local safety
directives when during handling and transport. For disposal, comply with local directives.
Pb
Batteries bear the risk of excessive short-circuit currents. Never create any direct contact
between the battery posts and or other conductive component parts. Therefore remove any
wristband, watch, finger rings or other metal objects when working at the open power supply
unit. Always use tools with standard isolating handles.
Batteries may be replaced only by the same type of battery (2 x 12 V; 7 Ah). We recommend the use
of the battery type BAT 24-7, Tunstall Order No. 00 0648 85. The use of other makes may create
problems due to different connecting terminals or differing dimensions.
1. Shut off mains supply to the power supply unit UPS !!!
2. Release the 4 fastening screws for the left cover and remove the cover to the front.
3. Confirm the position of the old battery and after its removal, install the new battery in the
same manner.
4. Make sure, the new battery is in the same position and check for the correct battery
contacts. False connections may damage the power supply UPS !
5. Check for the correct seating of the plastic cover for the batteries.
6. Fix the battery position by securing it with the Velcro tape.
7. Replace and close the housing.
8. Perform a functional check of the power supply UPS!
&copy; Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 2.0 (08/2006)
Product leaflets:
Page 72
English - 5
Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00
7. Storage
If the power supply unit UPS will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries must first
be fully recharged to preclude battery damage due to total discharging. (Refer to item 6 Battery
service life).
• For the charging process, the power supply unit UPS shall be connected to the mains supply for at
least 4 hours, and the UPS function shall be activated by placing the bridging contact between &quot;x“
and &quot;y“.
8. Spare parts
Spare part
Rechargeable lead-gel battery, Type BAT 24-7 (2 ea. required) incl.
plastic cover
Battery fuse, internal 20 A FKS
Mains fuse, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A
Output fuse, bottom 15 A FKS
Clamp for mains connection, 3-pole
Clamp for 24 V connection, 4-pole
Clamp for control and indicator outputs, 7-pole
Bridging contact EB 2 – 5 for control clamps &quot;x“ and &quot;y“
English - 6
Product leaflets:
Order No.
00 0648 85
00 0132 03
00 0130 41
00 0132 02
00 0211 40
00 0211 41
00 0211 39
00 0223 56
&copy; Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 2.0 (08/2006)
Page 73
Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00
9. Technical data
Power supply unit UPS
Order No. 77 3400 00
Input
Nominal input voltage
Input voltage range
Input frequency
Input current
Start-up current surge
Power factor
Efficiency
115 – 230 V AC
90 – 264 V AC
47 – 63 Hz
4 A at 115 V AC / 2 A at 230 V AC
22 A at 115 V AC / 44 A at 230 V AC, typical
0.95 at 230 V AC / 0.98 at 115 V AC for full load
88%, typical
Output
Nominal output current
Output voltage
Output voltage in battery mode
Calculated output power
Rippling of nominal output current
Battery capacity
Charge current
Bridging time at nominal current
Overload protection power supply unit,
internal
Overvoltage protection, power supply unit
Overtemperature protection
12.5 A DC
24 V DC +/- 2%
26,5 – 19,5 V DC, typical
288 W
&lt; 100 mVeff
7 Ah
700 mA, typical
approx. 17 min.
12.5 A DC hicc-up-mode, typical, automatic re-engaging
26.7 – 32.4 V DC
75 &deg;C +/- 5&deg;C (power diode)
output voltage switched off, automatic re-engaging
Battery voltage thresholds
Switching threshold for UPS mode
Switching threshold for warning before battery
shut-down
Switching threshold for total discharge
protection
Ua &lt; 22.5 V, typical
21.5 V, typical
19.5 V, typical
EN 55022 Class B; ENV 50204
EN 61000-3-2, -3; EN 61000-4-2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -8, -11
EN 60950
EMC CE-certified
Safety
Output
Test voltage PRI – SEC
Protection class
Protection (safety)
Safety low voltage, SELV
3 kV
I
IP 20
Safety devices
Battery fuse, internal
Charging fuse, internal (5 x 20)
Mains fusing, front plate (5 x 20)
Output fusing, bottom of unit
20 A FKS
T 4.0 A
T 5.0 A
15 A FKS
General
Cooling
Permissible ambient temperature
Storage temperature
MTBF
Weight
Dimensions (HxWxD)
Mounting
Connecting clamps
convection, free air flow
0 ... +50 &deg;C
-25 ... + 60 &deg;C
100,000 hours (no for batteries)
approx. 9 kg
244 x 325 x 178 mm
Wall mounting
Screw / plug-in connections
&copy; Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 2.0 (08/2006)
Product leaflets:
Page 74
English - 7
Power supply unit, Order No. 77 3401 00
The power supply unit generates a 24 V DC output voltage using 115 - 230 V AC mains supply
voltage. An integrated monitoring circuitry limits the output current to 12.5 A DC nearly. Two LEDs on
the front face indicate the status at the output clamps.
Safety instructions
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Non-compliance with the safety instruction or improper handling of the unit (e.g. skin
contact with live components when the unit is open) can be extremely dangerous.
The power supply unit should only be installed and operated by qualified specialists.
Connection to the mains supply must be executed acc. to the valid national
regulations (for Germany: VDE 0100 and VDE 0160).
Fuse or circuit breaker must be provided for safe isolation from the input (mains)
current.
Before effecting any work at or with the unit, it must be isolated from any voltage
(mains or battery).
Overheating of the unit may occur when the values as shown in the technical data
are exceeded. This may lead to permanent damage to the unit, and system safety is
jeopardised.
Always watch for the safe isolation of AC and DC circuits!
1. Mounting
The power supply unit is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing for fixing
the unit at the wall using the enclosed mounting material.
Before mounting, check the condition of the wall itself. (Weight: approx. 2 kg)
The unit must be mounted such that the venting ports are at the top and bottom. The selected location
must ensure sufficient air circulation above and below the unit. Therefore, check for minimum distance
of 50 mm to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports must not be covered up. Insufficient
air circulation may lead to damage to the power supply unit.
&copy; Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 42, Rev. 2.0 (08/2006)
Product leaflets:
Page 75
English - 1
Power supply unit, Order No. 77 3401 00
2. Connection
The internal connection terminals are provided as screw/plug-in clamps.
2.1 Mains connection
You have to ensure, that the mains cable is disconnected from the AC supply voltage during the
following procedure:
1. Release 4 screws of the left cover and remove the cover to the front.
Now, the terminal connection clamps are accessible.
2. Direct the mains cable through the cable duct into the housing and connect to the appropriate
terminal posts as designated in the unit.
NOTE: To simplify this process, you may pull the input connector, connect the wires as shown and
replace the plug in its socket.
CAUTION ! Check for the correct and positive connection of the protective conductor.
3. Secure the connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing the
installation cable with cable clamps.
2.2 Output terminal clamps 24 V DC / 12.5 A
The output voltage is generated via a primary pulse controller. This controller provides the output
voltage of 24 V DC with 12 A current (for continuous operation considering all tolerance criteria).
When in the normal operating mode, i.e. mains power supply, the electronic module monitors the
output voltage. Starting at a load current level of more than approx. 12.5 A DC, the output voltage is
reduced while keeping a constant current load.
This is a self-correcting output voltage feature, as the output voltage will be reactivated, if the overload
current drops below its trigger value of approx. 12.5 A. Further to this, the output voltage is protected
by a 15 A flat fuse &quot;F2&quot;.
•
The load shall be connected to the terminal clamps &quot;+24V&quot; and &quot;0V&quot; (provided 2 x).
2.3 LEDs at the front face
2.3.1 Green LED &quot;Power&quot;
Green LED &quot;Power“ is on.
24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamps.
2.3.2 Red LED &quot;Output Failure Fuse F2&quot;
Red LED &quot;Output Failure Fuse F2&quot; and green
LED “+24 V Power” are on.
Output fuse failed or was removed. No voltage is
available at the output clamps.
2.4 Indicator clamps (3, 4, 5)
The clamps 3, 4 and 5 are potential-free switching contacts for indicating the current operating state:
Contact 3 – 4 closed.
Green LED &quot;Power“ is off.
Contact 3 – 5 closed.
Green LED &quot;Power“ is on.
No mains supply. No voltage available at the
output clamps.
24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamps.
The indication &quot;No mains power&quot; may have several causes, e.g.:
• No input voltage at the power supply unit.
• When the load current exceeds approx. 12.5 A, the output current is reduced until the overload
situation at the output clamps has been corrected.
• Output fuse was removed or damaged. (Red LED &quot;Output Failure Fuse F2“ is on)
• &quot;Mains Fuse F1“ missing or defective.
English - 2
Product leaflets:
&copy; Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 42, Rev. 2.0 (08/2006)
Page 76
Power supply unit, Order No. 77 3401 00
3. Commissioning
1. Connect input and output terminal connections. (Refer to items 2.1 and 2.2)
2. Switch on the input voltage.
From now on, the connected nurse call system devices are supplied with 24 V DC.
The green LED &quot;Power&quot; is on due to the voltage at the terminal clamps.
4. Spare parts
Spare part
Mains Fuse F1 (5 x 20) T 5,0 A
Output fuse F2 FKS 15 A
Clamp for input voltage, 3-pole
Clamp for 0 V and +24 V, 4-pole
Indicator clamp, 7-pole
Order No.
00 0130 41
00 0132 02
00 0211 40
00 0211 41
00 0211 39
5. Technical data
Power supply unit
Input
Nominal input voltage
Input voltage range
Order No. 77 3401 00
Input frequency
Input current
Start-up current surge
Power factor
Efficiency
Output
Nominal output current
Output voltage
Calculated output power
Rippling of nominal output current
Overload protection, power supply unit,
internal
Overvoltage protection, power supply
unit
Overtemperature protection
EMC CE-certified
Safety
Output
Test voltage PRI – SEC
Protection class
Protection
Safety devices
Mains Fuse F1 (5 x 20)
Output fuse F2 FKS
General
Cooling
Permissible ambient temperature
Storage temperature
MTBF
Weight
Dimensions (HxWxD)
Mounting
Connecting clamps
115 – 230 V AC
90 – 264 V AC
47 – 63 Hz
4 A at 115 V AC / 2 A at 230 V AC
22 A at 115 V AC / 44 A at 230 V AC, typical
0.95 at 230 V AC / 0.98 at 115 V AC under full load
88%, typical
12,5 A DC
24 V DC +/- 2%
288 W
&lt; 100 mVeff
&lt; 14 A
26.7 – 32.4 V DC, typical
75 &deg;C +/- 5&deg;C (power diode)
output voltage switched off, automatic re-engaging
EN 55022 Class B; ENV 50204
EN 61000-3-2, -3; EN 61000-4-2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -8, -11
EN 60950
Safety low voltage SELV
3 kV
Class I
IP 20
T 5.0 A
15 A FKS
Convection, free airflow
0 ... +50 &deg;C
-25 ... + 60 &deg;C
100,000 hours
approx. 2 kg
244 x 325 x 178 mm
Wall mounting
Screw / plug-in clamps
&copy; Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 42, Rev. 2.0 (08/2006)
Product leaflets:
Page 77
English - 3
Product leaflets:
Page 78
13. Product leaflets
13..10
Installation
77 4000 00
OSYnet−Y−RepeaterOpto
77 4001 00
OSYnet−Gateway
Flamenco − Technical Manual, 03/07 (Rev. 1.0), 00 8812 60
Product leaflets:
Page 79
Appendix
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
GB
OSYnet−Y−RepeaterOpto, Best.-Nr. 77 4000 00
Datenrepeater zur galvanischen Trennung des Gruppenbus (OSYnet). Vorgesehen zur
Aufteilung und/oder Trennung des Gruppenbus OSYnet in 2 unabh&auml;ngige Teilstrecken,
Y−Verteilung. Einsetzbar einmal pro physikalischer Gruppe.
OSYnet−Y−RepeaterOpto, order no. 77 4000 00
Data repeater for electrical isolation of the group bus (OSYnet). Intended for branching
and/or isolation of the group bus OSYnet into 2 autonomous sections, Y−branching. One
repeater can be used per physical group.
l Direkter Anschluss an den Gruppenbus (OSYnet) und dessen Teilstrecken (Sub−D,
9−pol.)
l Hutschienenmontage 35 mm, anreihbar
l Abmessungen (HxBxT): 85 x 25 x 83 mm
l Stromversorgung: 24 V DC (8 ... 30 V DC)
l Stromaufnahme (bei 20 &deg;C): ca. 60 mA/24 V
l
l
l
l
l
Direct connection to the group bus (OSYnet) and its branch sections (Sub−D, 9−pol.)
Mounting on top-hat rail (35 mm), several units can be mounted side-by-side
Dimensions (HxWxD): 85 x 25 x 83 mm
Power supply: 24 V DC (8 ... 30 V DC)
Current consumption (at 20 &deg;C): approx. 60 mA/24 V
OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto
OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto
Busteilnehmer
z.B. OSYlink
OSYnet Teil b
3
2
OSYnet Teil a
bus subscriber
eg. OSYlink
OSYnet section b
3
2
1
OSYnet section a
OSY-ControlCenter
1
OSY-ControlCenter
OSYnet section c
OSYnet Teil c
Gruppenbus OSYnet = Teil a + Teil b + Teil c = max. 1000 m
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
OSYnet-Teilstrecken anschlie&szlig;en
Group bus OSYnet = section a + section b + section c = max. 1000 m
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Connection of OSYnet sections
Zum Schraubanschluss der OSYnet-Teilstrecken ben&ouml;tigen Sie drei
OSYnet-Anschlussstecker , Best.-Nr. 77 0950 00.
For screw connection of the OSYnet sections you need three OSYnet connecting plugs,
order no. 77 0950 00.
Der Anschlusspunkt CAN Net 1 ist galvanisch von den anderen Teilen getrennt. Deshalb
muss die Teilstrecke des OSYnet, die von den anderen galvanisch getrennt werden soll, an
den Anschlusspunkt CAN Net 1 angeschlossen werden.
Connection point CAN Net 1 is electrically isolated from the other parts. That’s why the
OSYnet section, that should be electrically isolated from the others, has to be connected to
connection point CAN Net 1.
Die PIN-Belegungen entnehmen Sie der Abbildung A.
For the pin assignment refer to the figure A.
Connection of power supply
Spannungsversorgung anschlie&szlig;en
Die Spannungsversorgung oben oder unten am OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto anschlie&szlig;en
(Schraubanschluss).
Connect the power supply cable to the connection clamp on the top or the bottom of the
OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto (screw connection).
Achtung! Die Spannungsversorgung darf nicht durchgeschliffen&quot; werden. D.h. es ist nicht
erlaubt die eine Seite als 24V-Eingang und die andere Seite als 24V-Ausgang zu
verwenden, um z.B. weitere Ger&auml;te zu versorgen.
Attention! The power supply may not be connected through. I.e. it is not allowed to use one
connection clamp as 24 V input and the other connection clamp as 24 V output e.g. for
supply of further devices.
Kontroll-LEDs
Control LEDs
LED on, if all subassemblies in the OSYnet-Y-Repeater
except for OSYnet section 1 are supplied with power.
LED leuchtet, wenn alle Baugruppen im OSYnet-Y-Repeater
au&szlig;er f&uuml;r OSYnet Teil 1 mit Spannung versorgt sind
LED on, if subassembly in the OSYnet-Y-Repeater
for OSYnet section 1 is supplied with power.
LED leuchtet, wenn Baugruppe im OSYnet-Y-Repeater
f&uuml;r OSYnet Teil 1 mit Spannung versorgt ist
no function
keine Funktion
LED on for data traffic OSYnet section 3
LED leuchtet bei Datenverkehr OSYnet Teil 3
LED on for data traffic OSYnet section 2
LED leuchtet bei Datenverkehr OSYnet Teil 2
LED on for data traffic OSYnet section 1
LED leuchtet bei Datenverkehr OSYnet Teil 1
OSYnet Teil 1
OSYnet section 1
Spannungsversorgung
power supply
0V
Pin 2: DL
1
2
3
4
5
Kontroll-LEDs
control LEDs
6
OSYnet Teil 2
OSYnet section 2
7
8
Pin 7: DH
Pin 7: DG
9
0V
+24 V
0V
Spannungsversorgung
power supply
OSYnet Teil 3
OSYnet section 3
00 8802 50, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0)
77 4000 00
OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto
Product leaflets:
Page 80
+24 V
0V
Pin 3: DG
Installationsanleitung
D
Installation Instructions
GB
OSYnet−Gateway, Best.-Nr. 77 4001 00
Aktives Gateway zur galvanischen Trennung des Gruppenbus OSYnet. Vorgesehen zur
Verl&auml;ngerung der max. Leitungsl&auml;nge des Gruppenbus OSYnet um 1000 m. Einsetzbar
einmal pro physikalischer Gruppe.
OSYnet−Gateway, order no. 77 4001 00
Active gateway for electrical isolation of the group bus (OSYnet). Intended for extension of
the maximum cable length to additional 1000 m. One gateway can be used per physical
group.
l Direkter Anschluss an den Gruppenbus (OSYnet) und dessen Teilstrecken (Schraubklemmen)
l Hutschienenmontage 35 mm, anreihbar
l Abmessungen (HxBxT): 105 x 37 x 35 mm
l Stromversorgung: 24 V DC
l Max. Stromaufnahme (bei 20 &deg;C): 50 mA
l
l
l
l
l
OSYnet-Gateway
OSYnet-Gateway
OSY-ControlCenter
OSYnet Teil 1 = max. 1000 m
120 Ω
120 Ω
OSY-ControlCenter
Direct connection to the group bus (OSYnet) and its branch sections (screw clamps)
Mounting on top-hat rail (35 mm), several units can be mounted side-by-side
Dimensions (HxWxD): 105 x 37 x 35 mm
Power supply: 24 V DC
Max. current consumption (at 20 &deg;C): 50 mA
OSYnet section 1 = max. 1000 m
OSYnet Teil 2 = max. 1000 m
group bus OSYnet = section 1 + section 2
Gruppenbus OSYnet = Teil 1 + Teil 2
Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical
manual.
Hinweis! Die vollst&auml;ndige Installation des Systems ist im technischen
Handbuch beschrieben.
Anschl&uuml;sse
Connections
DH
DL
DG
DH
DL
+24 V
0V
DG
DH
DL
DG
DH
DL
OSYnet 2
DG
OSYnet 1
0V
OSYnet 2
+24 V
OSYnet 1
E Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de
OSYnet section 2 = max. 1000 m
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Ip
Ip
120 Ω *)
OSYnet Teil 1
Ip
Ip
120 Ω *)
120 Ω *)
OSYnet section 1
OSYnet Teil 2
Ip = Spannungsversorgung = NYM 2x2,5mm2
120 Ω *)
OSYnet section 2
Ip = power supply = NYM 2x2,5mm2
*) Hinweis! Zwischen den Anschlusspunkten DH und DL von OSYnet 1 sowie zwischen den
Anschlusspunkten DH und DL von OSYnet 2 muss jeweils ein Abschlusswiderstand
gesetzt werden (120 Ohm, Bestell-Nr. 00 0040 76).
*) Note! The connection points DH and DL of OSYnet 1 as well as DH and DL of OSYnet 2
have to be connected by a terminating resistor (120 Ohm, order no. 00 0040 76) .
Control LEDs
Kontroll-LEDs
Power
LED leuchtet, wenn OSYnet-Gateway mit Spannung
versorgt wird.
Power
LED on, if OSYnet-Gateway is supplied with power.
OSYnet 1 Active
LED leuchtet bei Datenverkehr OSYnet Teil 1
OSYnet 1 Active
LED on for data traffic OSYnet section 1
OSYnet 2 Active
LED leuchtet bei Datenverkehr OSYnet Teil 2
OSYnet 2 Active
LED on for data traffic OSYnet section 2
Nicht benutzen!
Konfigurationsschnittstelle
nur f&uuml;r Tunstall GmbH
Do not use!
Configuration inferface for
Tunstall GmbH only
Kontroll-LEDs
control LEDs
Anschlussklemmen
Connecting clamps
00 8802 51, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0)
Product leaflets:
77 4001 00
OSYnet-Gateway
Page 81
Product leaflets:
Page 82
Find all you want to know about the Flamenco&reg; nurse call system:
Flamenco&reg; Data Sheet Catalogue
Flamenco&reg; System Description
Order No.: 00 8812 64
Flamenco&reg; Technical Manual
Order No.: 00 8812 60
Flamenco&reg; Instructions for Use
The documents are ready for downloading from the Tunstall homepage:
www.tunstall.de
All the reassurance you need
QUALITY
MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
Tunstall GmbH S Orkotten 66 S 48291 Telgte S Germany
Telephone +49 25 04 7 01−0 S Fax +49 25 04 7 01−4 99
Or visit us on the Web at: www.tunstall.de S [email protected]
Flamenco S Technical Manual S 00 8812 60
DQS certified to
DIN EN ISO 9001
Reg. no. 56386
Reg. no. 56386
">
I've reviewed the Tunstall Flamenco nurse call system technical manual. This extensive document details safety procedures, system architecture, installation instructions, configuration using SystemOrganizer software, and more. Ask me your questions about the Flamenco system.
Show related prompts
Assistant typing
Assistant is out of keyboard. Please, try again later.
It looks like you''ve reached a document that is written in multiple languages, including one that isn''t your native language. You can use the following links to temporarily hide pages without the language you prefer.
Key features

Easy to use and reliable
User-friendly interface
Flexible and scalable
Secure and safe
Integrated with other hospital systems
Frequently asked questions

The Flamenco Nurse Call system is a complete nurse call system designed for healthcare facilities. It provides patients and staff with a reliable and secure way to communicate and request assistance.
The Flamenco Nurse Call system is easy to use, reliable, flexible and scalable, secure and safe, and integrates with other hospital systems.
You can find more information about the Flamenco Nurse Call system in the technical manual provided. You can also contact Tunstall for further assistance.